Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (476)
  • GBV  (343)
  • MPI-MMG  (3)
  • Online Resource  (545)
  • 2010-2014  (545)
  • 1930-1934
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (316)
  • Petaluma : World Trade Press  (229)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
Author, Corporation
Publisher
Keywords
Subjects(RVK)
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Contemporary Islam : dynamics of Muslim life (2007-)
    Dordrecht : Springer ; 1.2007 -
    Details
    ISSN: 1872-0226 , 1872-0218 , 1872-0218
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Dates of Publication: 1.2007 -
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contemporary Islam
    DDC: 290
    Keywords: Religion ; Islam ; Gesellschaft ; Entwicklung ; Einflussgröße ; Islamische Staaten ; Zeitschrift ; Muslim ; Muslimin ; Alltagskultur
    Note: Gesehen am 10.12.13 , Ersch. 3x jährl.
    URL: http://link.springer.com/journal/11562
    URL: https://ezb.ur.de/?2408207-7
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    DNB
    MPI-MMG
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Journal of international migration and integration (2000-)
    Dordrecht : Springer | Somerset, NJ : Transaction Publ. ; 1.2000 -
    Show associated volumes/articles
    Details
    ISSN: 1874-6365 , 1488-3473 , 1488-3473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Dates of Publication: 1.2000 -
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Journal of international migration and integration
    DDC: 300
    Keywords: Internationale Migration ; Migranten ; Einwanderung ; Soziale Integration ; Kanada ; Zeitschrift
    Note: Gesehen am 19.01.13
    URL: https://ezb.ur.de/?2265195-0
    URL: http://link.springer.com/journal/12134
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    DNB
    MPI-MMG
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Islamic law and society (1994-)
    Leiden [u.a.] : Brill | Dordrecht : Springer | Buffalo, NY : HeinOnline ; 1.1994 -
    Details
    ISSN: 1568-5195 , 0928-9380 , 0928-9380
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Dates of Publication: 1.1994 -
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Islamic law and society
    DDC: 340
    Keywords: Zeitschrift
    Note: Gesehen am 05.12.2018
    URL: https://ezb.ur.de/?2036948-7
    URL: https://brill.com/ils
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: http://heinonline.org
    URL: https://www.jstor.org/journal/islalawsoci
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI-MMG
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbuch Migrationsarbeit (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531199450
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (386 p.))
    Edition: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbuch Migrationsarbeit
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    DO 9000
    RVK:
    MS 3600
    RVK:
    MS 3300
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration - Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration - Government policy ; Migrant labor ; Migration ; Electronic books ; Einwanderer ; Interkulturelle Sozialarbeit
    Abstract: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Grußwort; MigrantInnenarbeit - eine Einführung; 1 Zielsetz ung des Handbuches; 2 Defi nitionen und Diff erenzierungen; 3 Gliederung und Konzept; Teil A Theoretische Einführung; 1.1 Soziodemografi sche Merkmale der Migrationsbevölkerung; 1 Die Volkszählung des Jahres 2011; 2 Bevölkerungsanteil; 3 Geografi sche Verteilung; 4 Demografi sche Struktur; 5 Sozialstruktur; 5.1 Herkunft und Problemlagen; 5.2 Formaler Bildungsabschluss und berufliche Bildung; 5.3 Arbeitsmarkt und soziale Lage; 5.4 Auswirkungen mangelnder Sprachkompetenz; 6 Religiöse Bindungen: Islam; 7 Überleitung
    Abstract: 1.2 Soziale und politische Teilhabe1 Spezifi ka von Migrationsgruppen; 2 Mediennutz ung3; 2.1 Soziale Umgebung und Medienkonsum; 2.2 Printmedien; 2.3 Fernsehen; 2.4 Computer; 2.5 Auswirkungen des Medienkonsums; 3 Außerhäusliche Freizeit; 4 Mitgliedschaften in Gewerkschaften; 5 Politische Aktivitäten; 5.1 Politisches Interesse; 5.2 Werthaltungen und politische Einstellungen; 5.3 Wahlbeteiligung; 5.4 Parteipräferenzen; 5.5 Mitgliedschaften in Parteien; 5.6 Nicht-elektorale politische Partizipation; 6 Gibt es Parallelgesellschaften?; 7 Schlussbemerkung
    Abstract: 1.3 Gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit als Indikatoren für Integration1 Rechtliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 1.1 Das Allgemeine Gleichbehandlungsgesetz; 1.2 Aufenthaltsdauer und Wahlrecht; 1.3 Einbürgerung; 2 Soziale Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 2.1 Sprachliche Voraussetzungen - Sprache als Voraussetzung?; 2.2 Wohnen und sozialräumliche Integration; 2.3 Gesundheit und Migration; 2.4 Vereine und Verbände; 3 Gelungene Integration oder ungleiche Lebensverhältnisse?; 1.4 Interkulturelle Arbeit zwischen Anspruch und Wirklichkeit
    Abstract: 1 Kompensatorisches Konzept: Die Ausländerpädagogik2 Emanzipatorisches Konzept: Der Anspruch der interkulturellen Erziehung; 3 Partizipatives Konzept: Diversity; 4 Interkulturelle Kompetenz - die Wirklichkeit; 5 Partizipativ + Emanzipatorisch = Chance auf Interkulturalität; 1.5 Migrantenorganisationen als Motoren der Integrationsarbeit; 1 Relevanz von Selbstorganisationen; 2 Migrantenorganisationen als politische Vertretung; 3 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger sozialer Projekte; 4 Kompetenz und Vernetzung - das soziale Kapital von Migranten-organisationen
    Abstract: 5 Weiterbildungsbedarfe von Migrantenorganisationen und die Grenzen von Weiterbildung5.1 Angebote und Träger; 5.2 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger von Weiterbildung; 5.3 Tandemprojekte zur Qualifizierung von Migrantenorganisationen; 5.4 Qualitätsstandards in der Weiterbildung von und für Migrantenorganisationen; 6 Schlussbetrachtung: Migrantenorganisationen und die interkulturelle Öffnung der Gesellschaft; Teil B Aktivierung von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Theorie und Praxis; 2.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 2.1.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 1 Einleitung
    Abstract: 2 Ein Blick zurück: Interkulturelle Pädagogik und Frühpädagogik
    Abstract: Deutsche mit Migrationshintergrund und Migrantinnen und Migranten aus verschiedenen Landern sind Realitat geworden in unserer Gesellschaft. Gleichzeitig mussen wir jedoch auch feststellen, dass gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit fur diese Menschen nicht vorhanden ist. Mit der Anerkennung des Einwanderungslandes Deutschland und der Tatsache der Benachteiligung werfen sich nun Fragen auf. Wie konnen Benachteiligungen abgebaut werden Was kann die deutsche Mehrheitsgesellschaft tun und was konnen die Minderheiten tun Wie kann ein Gleichgewicht hergestellt werden Welche Maßnahmen muss
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Ulrich Beck : Pioneer in Cosmopolitan Sociology and Risk Society (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783319049908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (201 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ulrich Beck
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    LB 27015
    RVK:
    MS 1190
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface; Contents; Part I Ulrich Beck; 1 Ulrich Beck's Scientific Leadership Profile; 2 Ulrich Beck: An Introduction to the Theory of Second Modernity and the Risk Society; 2.1…Introduction and a Short Biography; 2.2…From Slupsk to Sociological World Fame: A Short Biography; 3 Bibliography; 3.1…Books (in Chronological Order); 3.2…Book Chapters (in Reverse Chronological Order); 3.3…Journal Articles (in Reverse Chronological Order); Part II Ulrich Beck's Work in the Perspective of Colleagues; 4 The Risk Society Thesis in Environmental Politics and Management: A Global Perspective; Epilogue
    Abstract: References5 Reflexive Modernization; References; 6 The Reality of Cosmopolitanism; 7 Jerusalem Versus Athens Revisited; References; Part III Selected Key Texts by Ulrich Beck; 8 Incalculable Futures: World Risk Society and Its Social and Political Implications; 8.1…Old Dangers, New Risks: Conceptual Differentiation, Historical Localization; 8.1.1 Conceptual Distinctions; 8.1.2 Historical Contextualization; 8.2…What is Meant by the 'Cosmopolitan Moment'?; Bibliography and References; 9 Individualization is Eroding Traditions Worldwide: A Comparison Between Europe and China
    Abstract: 9.1…On the Distinction Between Individualism and Individualization9.2…Individualization and Social Morality; 9.3…Chinese Individualization; References; 10 Beyond Class and Nation: Reframing Social Inequalities in a Globalizing World; 10.1…Introduction; 10.2…''What Exactly Constitutes Individualization and to What Extent has it Really Displaced Class?''; 10.2.1 What Does Individualization Mean Empirically?; 10.2.2 Beyond the Normal Family and Normal Class; 10.3…The Transnationalization of Social Inequalities; 10.3.1 Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 10.3.2 Politics of Framing
    Abstract: 10.4…The Inequality of Global Risks10.5…Pan-European Inequalities; 10.6…Border Artistes: Agency, Legitimacy and Immigrant Dynamics; 10.7…Prospect: The 'Modernity Dispute' in International Sociology; References; 11 The Two Faces of Religion; References; 12 The Global Chaos of Love: Towards a Cosmopolitan Turn in the Sociology of Love and Families; 12.1…Cosmopolitan Families: Characteristics and Constellations; 12.2…Cosmopolitan Theory; 12.3…The Rise of a Transnational Shadow Economy; 12.3.1 The Stalled Revolution; 12.3.2 From Mother's Task to Migrants' Job; 12.3.3 By Silent Agreement
    Abstract: 12.4…Transnational Motherhood and Global Care Chains12.4.1 A Global Hierarchy of Care; 12.5…Loss and Gain: Cosmopolitan Comparisons; 12.5.1 Seeing with the Eyes of the Respective 'Other'; 12.6…Conclusions; References; 13 Reframing Power in the Globalized World; References; 14 We Do Not Live in an Age of Cosmopolitanism but in an Age of Cosmopolitization: The 'Global Other' is in Our Midst; 14.1…Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 14.2…How to Research 'Really Existing Cosmopolitization'?; 14.2.1 Cuisine; 14.2.2 Migration; 14.2.3 Work and Workers; 14.2.4 Love; 14.2.5 Kidneys
    Abstract: 14.2.6 Villages
    Abstract: This book presents Ulrich Beck, one of the world's leading sociologists and social thinkers, as a Pioneer in Cosmopolitan Sociology and Risk Society. His world risk society theory has been confirmed by recent disasters ? events that have shaken modern society to the core, signaling the end of an era in which comprehensive insurance could keep us safe. Due to its own successes, modern society now faces failure: while in the past experiments were conducted in a lab, now the whole world is a test bed. Whether nuclear plants, genetically modified organisms, nanotechnology ? if any of these experim
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Quartiersforschung : Zwischen Theorie und Praxis (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531199634
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (380 Seiten)
    Edition: 2. Auflage
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Quartiersforschung
    DDC: 307.76072
    RVK:
    RB 10627
    RVK:
    MS 1810
    Keywords: Adaptation, Psychological ; Social ecology ; Social history - 20th century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtviertel ; Stadtforschung
    Abstract: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einführung zur zweiten Auflage und Zusammenfassung der Beiträge; Die Beiträge im Überblick; I Überblick; Quartiersforschung im Überblick: Konzepte, Definitionen und aktuelle Perspektiven; 1 Unterwegs in dynamischen Mikrowelten; 2 Acht Portale zum Quartier; 2.1 Sozialökologie: Quartiere zwischen Zyklizität und Homöostase; 2.3 Housing Demography - Quartiere als Orte von Bevölkerungsbewegungen; 2.4 Soziographie - holistische Quartiersbetrachtung; 2.5 Nachbarschaft - von Subkulturalität, Lebenswelten und Aktionsräumen
    Abstract: 2.6 Urban Governance und professionelle Akteure im Quartier2.7 (Neo-)Marxistisch orientierte Theorieansätze: Produktion und Regulation des Quartiers; 2.8 Neuere Raumtheoretische Ansätze und Poststrukturalismus: Quartierskonstruktion und Quartiersdekonstruktion; 3 Definitionen? Abgrenzungen? Die Ambivalenz von realer Komplexität und notwendiger Vereinfachung; 3.1 Begriffsverwendung und Definitionen von „Quartier"; 3.2 Muss man ein „Quartier" abgrenzen können? Und: wie?; 3.3 Versuch einer Re-Definition von Quartier als „Fuzzy Concept"; 4 Fazit: Wozu „Quartiersforschung"?; Literatur
    Abstract: II Theoretische Perspektiven auf das QuartierStadt der Quartiere? Das Place-Konzept und die Idee von urbanen Dörfern; 1 Eckpunkte des Place-Konzeptes im Kontext der Quartiersforschung; 1.1 Zur symbolischen Dimension von Place; 1.2 Zur sozialen Dimension von Place; 1.3 Zur physischen Dimension von Place; 2 Place-Studien: Das Beispiel ‚Urbane Dörfer' und weitere Felder der empirischen Praxis; 3 Die Stadt der Quartiere als Summe urbaner Dörfer?; 4 Das Place-Konzept in der Quartiersforschung - eine Evaluation; Literatur
    Abstract: Die Metapher vom Raum als soziale Landschaft: Perspektiven zur Überwindung der Dichotomie von Quartierkonzeptionen1 Das Quartier in der klassischen Stadtforschung; 2 Relativistische Ansätze inner- und ausserhalb des absolutistischen Raumverständnisses; 3 Die Metapher des Raums als soziale Landschaften; 4 Junge Erwachsene in der Stadt Basel: empirische Annäherung an das Konzept der sozialen Landschaften; 4.1 Landschaftstyp: Transnationale soziale Netzwerke und der Rückzug in der segregierten Stadt
    Abstract: 4.2 Landschaftstyp: Lokale Netzwerke und Orte gemeinsamer Alltagskultur in der sozialpädagogischen Stadt5 Fazit; Literatur; Quartier als Landschaft? Eine Exploration am Beispiel des Wandels in Berlin-Moabit; 1 Das Quartier als Landschaft; 2 Das Fallbeispiel Berlin-Moabit: Quartiersensembles als Landschaften des sozialen Wandels; 3 Vormoderne: Moabit als quasi-natürliche Antithese zur Stadt; 4 Frühmoderne: Moabit als dynamische Industrielandschaft; 5 Einschnitte: Trümmerlandschaften; 6 Hochmoderne: Multikulturelle Arbeiter- und Justizlandschaft
    Abstract: 7 Postmoderne: Moabit als fragmentierte Investitions- und Desinvestitionslandschaft
    Abstract: Wohnviertel, Stadtquartiere, Kieze: Für BewohnerInnen sind sie nicht mehr und nicht weniger als die lokale Verankerung in der (Groß)stadt und der globalisierten Welt. In der Wissenschaft existieren inzwischen vielfältige Diskurse über den lokalen Nahraum. Ebenso wichtig ist das Quartier als strategische Planungskategorie: Es hat als Meso-Level zwischen Stadt und Individualebene in den letzten Jahren geradezu Karriere gemacht - im Rahmen von Stadtentwicklungsprogrammen ebenso wie in der Wohnungswirtschaft. Mit dem Ziel, einen vertieften Dialog anzustoßen, zeigen die AutorInnen dieser aktualisie
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Moral status of technical artefacts (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    CC 8700
    Keywords: Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    DOI: 10.1007/9789400779143
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Gender, lifespan and quality of life : an international perspective (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    MS 2900
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7829-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: http://ebooks.ciando.com/book/index.cfm?bok_id/1244574
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: http://ebooks.ciando.com/book/index.cfm?bok_id/1244574
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: http://ebooks.ciando.com/book/index.cfm?bok_id/1244574
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Abstract
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
    BVB
    HBZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    50 Schlüsselideen der Menschheit (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783827429070
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (209 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version 50 Schlüsselideen der Menschheit
    DDC: 010
    Keywords: Philosophy.. ; Theology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Eine Entdeckungsreise zu den großen Ideen und weltbewegenden Konzepten der MenschheitsgeschichtePlatonismus Aristotelismus Die Goldene Regel Altruismus Freiheit Toleranz Skeptizismus Vernunft Strafe Materialismus Relativismus Utilitarismus Existenzialismus Das Böse Schicksal Seele Glaube Fundamentalismus Atheismus Säkularismus Kreationismus Krieg Pflicht Utopie Liberalismus Demokratie Konservatismus Imperialismus Nationalismus Multikulturalismus Gesellschaftsvertrag Republikanismus Kommunismus Faschismus Rassismus Feminismus Islamismus Kapitalismus Globalisierung Klassizismus Romantik Moderne
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover; Title Page; Table of Contents; Einleitung; 01 Platonismus; 02 Aristotelismus; 03 Die Goldene Regel; 04 Altruismus; 05 Freiheit; 06 Toleranz; 07 Skeptizismus; 08 Vernunft; 09 Strafe; 10 Materialismus; 11 Relativismus; 12 Utilitarismus; 13 Existenzialismus; 14 Das Böse; 15 Schicksal; 16 Seele; 17 Glaube; 18 Fundamentalismus; 19 Atheismus; 20 Säkularismus; 21 Kreationismus; 22 Krieg; 23 Pflicht; 24 Utopie; 25 Liberalismus; 26 Demokratie; 27 Konservatismus; 28 Imperialismus; 29 Nationalismus; 30 Multikulturalismus; 31 Gesellschaftsvertrag; 32 Republikanismus; 33 Kommunismus; 34 Faschismus
    Description / Table of Contents: 35 Rassismus36 Feminismus; 37 Islamismus; 38 Kapitalismus; 39 Globalisierung; 40 Klassizismus; 41 Romantik; 42 Moderne; 43 Surrealismus; 44 Zensur; 45 Evolution; 46 Gaia; 47 Chaos; 48 Relativität; 49 Quantenmechanik; 50 Der Urknall; Glossar; Index; Copyright Page
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Self-reported population health : an international perspective based on EQ-5D (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400775954 , 9400775954 , 9789400775961 , 9400775962
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 196 p.) , ill. , 24 cm.
    DDC: 306.0
    Keywords: Health Status Indicators ; Health Surveys ; Europe ; Statistics ; Tables
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 189-192) and index
    URL: teilw. kostenfrei
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985 (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400770638
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (104 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Springerbriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985
    DDC: 306.7072
    Keywords: Sexology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police ""deviant"" male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women's sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and s
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 The Machines of Sex Research; Abstract; Chapter Overview; Theoretical Background; Historical Background; References; 2 The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body; Abstract; Historical Background; The Sex Research Laboratory; Aversion Therapy; Resistance; Conclusion; 3 The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm; Abstract; The Visible Body in the Laboratory; What the Machines Discovered about the Sexual Body; Criticizing the Mechanization of Sexuality; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female ArousalAbstract; Measure for Measure: Inventing Machines for Female Sexual Response; The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph, the Labial Clip, and the Thermograph; Conclusion; References; 5 Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies; Abstract; References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Air quality management : Canadian perspectives on a global issue (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400775572
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 408 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Print version Air Quality Management : Canadian Perspectives on a Global Issue
    DDC: 399
    Keywords: Environmental sciences ; Public health ; Environmental protection ; Air quality management -- Canada ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This book provides a wide overview of the issues related to managing of air quality in Canada. Learn about the air issues that have caused impacts to ecosystems or human health and hence been targeted to be managed. Discover how Canadas national governance involving a federal government along with provincial and territorial governments impacts the air quality management process. Understand how Canadians manage their air quality in context with the USA, their largest and closest neighbour. Benefit from the experience of 43 of Canadas most experienced air quality management professionals who share their insights into the state of air quality in Canada today, how it is managed, as well as giving a glimpse into the future.?
    Description / Table of Contents: part I. Air pollution sciencepart II. Air quality impacts -- part III. Management of emissions -- part Ivolume Policy and planning -- part volume Communicating air quality information.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Parenting across cultures : childrearing, motherhood and fatherhood in non-Western cultures (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9400775032 , 9789400775039
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xxii, 516 pages) , illustrations
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Science across cultures : the history of non-Western science volume 7
    Parallel Title: Print version Parenting Across Cultures : Childrearing, Motherhood and Fatherhood in Non-Western Cultures
    DDC: 306.874
    Keywords: Parenting Cross-cultural studies
    Abstract: This book highlights the strong connection between culture and parenting. It includes many different cultural views on parenting and examines such issues as depression, academic achievement, adolescent identity, abusive parenting, and stepparents
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Introduction; References; Parenting Practices and Shyness in Chinese Children; Introduction; Culture and Parenting: A Theoretical Model; Parenting Practices in Chinese Cultural Contexts; Chinese Culture and Shyness; Parenting Practices and Shyness in Chinese Children; Conclusion; References; Parenting in Hong Kong: Traditional Chinese Cultural Roots and Contemporary Phenomena; Introduction; Chinese Cultural Influences on Parenting in Hong Kong; Parenting Literature in Traditional Chinese Culture with Relevance to Hong Kong
    Description / Table of Contents: Changing Parenting in Contemporary Hong KongObservation 1: Traditional Chinese Parenting Attributes Still Exist but There Are Gradual Changes; Observation 2: There Is a Shift from "Strict Fathers, Kind Mothers" to "Strict Mothers, Kind Fathers" or "Involved Mothers, Detached Fathers"; Observation 3: Academic Excellence Is Still the Paramount Socialization Goal; Observation 4: Worrying Phenomena Related to Parenting; Observation 5: Parent-Child Discrepancies Exist in Perceived Parenting Processes; Observation 6: Parenting Processes Are Relatively Poorer in Vulnerable Families
    Description / Table of Contents: Observation 7: Lack of Evidence-Based Parenting Programs Appendices; Appendix 1: Examples of the 24 Piety Stories; Appendix 2: English Translation of "At Home, Be Dutiful to My Parents" in Standards for Being a Good Student and Child (Di Zi Gui); At Home, Be Dutiful to My Parents; References; Parenting in India; Introduction; Parental Readiness for the Arrival of the Baby; Parental Encouragement in Early Childhood; Regulation and Freedom During Adolescence; Parenting in Joint Family Structure; Parenting and Children in North East India
    Description / Table of Contents: Government of India Programmes that Focus on Improving Parenting Styles in IndiaReferences; Parenting in Vietnam; Geography, History and Economics; Parenting; Family Structure and Roles; New Trends in Family Structure; Parenting Goals; Disciplinary Measures; Other Issues; Adolescents and Communication About Sex; Parenting Children with Developmental Delays; Immigration and Acculturation Issues; Conclusion; References; Child Rearing in Japan; Introduction; Wanted! More Japanese Babies; Families and Child Rearing in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Japan
    Description / Table of Contents: Japanese Child Rearing: Then and Now Fathers; Summary and Conclusions; References; Parental Beliefs and Fathers' and Mothers' Roles in Malaysian Families; Ethnic Composition; The Sociocultural Context of Gender Roles and Parental Beliefs; Fathers' and Mothers' Involvement in Childcare; Contemporary Lifestyle and Parenting; Summary and Implications for Research and Policy; References; Parenting in Pakistan: An Overview; Introduction; Pakistan; Family Norms and Religious Values Central to Parenting; Religion; Norms of Family Structure; Strategies in Childrearing; Marriage
    Description / Table of Contents: The "Extended" Family
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A comparative analysis of European time transfers between generations and genders (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401795913
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (x, 48 pages) , illustrations (some color)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Population Studies
    Parallel Title: Print version A Comparative Analysis of European Time Transfers between Generations and Genders
    DDC: 304.2/37
    Keywords: Time Sociological aspects ; Time management ; Intergenerational relations ; Europe ; Gender identity ; Research ; Europe ; Time and economic reactions ; Economics ; Sociological aspects ; Europe ; Households ; Europe ; Statistics ; Economic indicators ; Europe ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This comparative study of European time transfers reveals the full extent of transfers in the form of unpaid work and highlights the existence of important gender differences in household time production. A large quantity of goods and services are produced by household members for their own consumption, without involving market transactions. Despite the economic and social importance of unpaid work, these productive activities are largely invisible to traditional national economic accounts. As a consequence, standard measures of intergenerational transfers typically ignore household production, and thus underestimate the overall value of goods and services produced over the life cycle; in particular, the economic contribution of females. The book uses a life course approach to offer policy-relevant insights into the effect of demographic and social change on intergenerational ties and gender inequality in household production.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Chapter 1; Socio-demographic and Economic Factors Affecting Intergenerational and Gender Relationships in Europe; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Recent Evolution of Labor Market Participation Within Europe and Across European Countries; 1.3 Labor Market Flexibility; 1.4 Household Composition and Transition to Adulthood in Europe; 1.5 Employment Patterns of Households with Young Children; 1.6 Childcare Facilities and Social Expenditure; Discussion and Conclusions; References; Chapter 2
    Description / Table of Contents: Time is Economically Valuable: Production, Consumption and Transfers of Time by Age and Sex2.1 Introduction; 2.2 National Transfer Accounts and the Economic Life Cycle; 2.3 Patterns of Intergenerational Monetary Transfers; 2.4 Monetary Transfers and Beyond: The Role of Time-use; 2.4.1 Incorporating Household Production into National Income and Product Accounts; 2.4.2 Household Production in the Generational Economy; 2.5 Time Use Data; 2.6 Time Production; 2.7 Time Consumption; 2.8 The Life Cycle Deficit; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3
    Description / Table of Contents: Heterogeneity in Unpaid Household Production over the Life Course3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Profiles by Age, Sex, and Household Structure; 3.3 Profiles by Age, Sex and Education; 3.4 Trends Over Time; Conclusion; References; Concluding Remarks
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Flourishing children : defining and testing indicators of positive development (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9401786070 , 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in well-being and quality of life research
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Flourishing children
    DDC: 155.5180287
    Keywords: Developmental psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers ; Adolescent psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers.. ; Adolescent psychology.. ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive out
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Abstract; 1 Studying Aspects of Flourishing Among Adolescents; 1.1…Introduction to the Project; 1.1.1 Why Measure What Adolescents Need to Flourish?; 1.2…Overview of Project Activities; 1.2.1 Item Development and Review; 1.2.2 Cognitive Interviews; 1.2.3 Pilot Test; 1.2.4 Psychometric Work; 1.3…Conceptual Framework and Constructs; 1.4…Constructs; 1.4.1 Relationship Skills; 1.4.1.1 Empathy; 1.4.1.2 Social Competence; 1.4.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 1.4.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 1.4.2.2 Peer Friendship; 1.4.3 Flourishing in School and Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.3.1 Diligence and Reliability1.4.3.2 Educational Engagement; 1.4.3.3 Initiative Taking; 1.4.3.4 Thrift; 1.4.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 1.4.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 1.4.4.1 Altruism; 1.4.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 1.4.5 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.6 Personal Flourishing; 1.4.6.1 Forgiveness; 1.4.6.2 Goal Orientation; 1.4.6.3 Gratitude; 1.4.6.4 Hope; 1.4.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 1.4.6.6 Purpose; 1.4.6.7 Spirituality; References; 2 Cognitive Interviews: Designing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1…Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Rationale for Cognitive Testing2.1.2 What is Cognitive Interviewing?; 2.1.3 Research on Developing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1.4 Research on Surveying with Parents as Proxy Reporters; 2.1.5 Best Practices for Survey-Item Development; 2.2…Method; 2.2.1 Recruitment; 2.2.2 Sample; 2.2.3 Study Design; 2.2.4 Study Procedures; 2.2.5 Protocols; 2.2.6 Data Analysis; 2.3…Results; 2.3.1 Lesson 1: Reference Groups; 2.3.2 Lesson 2: Construct Selection; 2.3.3 Lesson 3: Clarity of Items; 2.3.4 Lesson 4: Item Salience; 2.3.5 Lesson 5: Parent Reports; 2.3.6 Lesson 6: Response Variability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.7 Lesson 7: Developing Congruent Response Options2.4…Discussion; References; 3 Pilot Study and Psychometric Analyses; 3.1…Pilot Study Introduction; 3.1.1 Recruitment; 3.1.2 Procedures; 3.1.3 Incentives; 3.1.4 Survey; 3.2…Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.1 Overview of Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.2 Subgroups; 3.2.3 Construct Validity; 3.3…Results; 3.3.1 Relationship Skills; 3.3.1.1 Empathy; 3.3.1.2 Social Competence; 3.3.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 3.3.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 3.3.2.2 Peer Friendship; 3.3.3 Flourishing in School and Work; 3.3.3.1 Diligence and Reliability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3.2 Educational Engagement3.3.3.3 Initiative Taking; 3.3.3.4 Thrift; 3.3.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 3.3.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 3.3.4.1 Altruism; 3.3.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 3.3.5 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.6 Personal Flourishing; 3.3.6.1 Forgiveness; 3.3.6.2 Goal Orientation; 3.3.6.3 Gratitude; 3.3.6.4 Hope; 3.3.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 3.3.6.6 Purpose; 3.3.6.7 Spirituality; 3.4…Discussion; 3.5…Conclusions; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Emerging techniques in applied demography (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401789905
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Applied demography series volume 4
    Series Statement: Applied Demography Ser. v.4
    Parallel Title: Print version Emerging Techniques in Applied Demography
    DDC: 304.6
    Keywords: Demography ; Demography ; Study and teaching.. ; Demography ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: By bringing together top-notch demographers, sociologists, economists, statisticians and public health specialists from Asia, Africa, Europe, and North America to examine a wide variety of public and private issues in applied demography, this book spans a wide range of topics. It evaluates population estimates and projections against actual census counts and suggests further improvement of estimates and projection techniques and evaluation procedures; new techniques are proposed for estimating families and households and particular attention is paid to the much-discussed topic of access to health care. Coverage extends to factors influencing health status and elder abuse, child bearing and labor market analysis and the effects of education on labor market outcomes of native white American and immigrant European populations.Methodologically rigorous and pragmatically useful, Emerging Techniques in Applied Demography also examines a wide variety of public and private issues under the field of applied demography. It provides a broad overview of research topics and also reflects substantial development in the field of applied demography. It also bridges the gap between theory and research by providing several examples of work of distinguished applied demographic.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; Introduction; Introduction; Overview of the Sections and Chapters; Section I; Section II; Section III; Section IV; Section V; Conclusion; References; Part I; Evaluation of Population Projections and 2010 Census Counts; Chapter-2; An Evaluation of Population Forecast Errors for Florida and its Counties, 1980-2010; Introduction; Methodology; Forecast Accuracy; State Projections; County Projections; Accounting for Uncertainty; State Projections; County Projections; Conclusion; References; Chapter-3
    Description / Table of Contents: Simplifying Local Area Population and Household Projections with POPARTIntroduction; POPART; Data; Model Validation; Application: Population and Household Projections for Noosa; Assumptions; Results; Conclusions; Software; References; Chapter-4; The Net Undercount of Children in the 2010 U.S. Decennial Census; Introduction; Demographic Analysis Methodology; Using DA to Estimate the Black Population; Data Sources; 2010 Demographic Analysis Results; 2010 DA Estimates for Adults Compared to Children; 2010 DA Estimates for Single Year of Age for Children; Undercount of Children by Sex
    Description / Table of Contents: The Population Under Age 5Discussion; Conclusions; References; Chapter-5; Mathematical Modeling and Projecting Population of Bangladesh by Age and Sex from 2002 to 2031; Introduction; Data and Methods; Model Building; Validation Technique of Model; F-test; Exponential Growth Rate Method; Results of Model Fittings and Discussion; Conclusions and Concluding Remarks; References; Part II; Evaluation of Population Estimates Produced by New and Current Methods; Chapter-6 ; Sub-County Population Estimates Using Administrative Records: A Municipal-Level Case Study in New Mexico; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Materials and MethodsStudy Area: NM Characteristics; The Component Method and Comparison Series ; Database: Inputs, Georeferencing, and Remediation; Evaluating Estimates; Results; Discussion; References; Chapter-7; Housing-Unit Method in Comparison: The Virginia Case; Introduction; Estimation Methodologies; Component Method; Ratio-Correlation Method; Housing Unit Method; Evaluation Measures; What are the Best Input Variables for the House Unit Method?; How Well Do the Three Methods Perform?; Does Averaging Two Methods Improve Accuracy?; Discussion; References; Chapter-8
    Description / Table of Contents: On the Ratio-Correlation Regression Method of Population Estimation and Its VariantsIntroduction; Ratio-Correlation and its Variants; Uncertainty in Ratio-Correlation Estimates; Shortcomings of Regression-Based Techniques; Ratio-Correlation and Synthetic Estimation; Conclusion; 1990-2000 Ratio-Correlation Model: Data, Computations, and 2005 EstimatesWashington State Counties; Appendix; References; Chapter 9; Assessing Accuracy in Postcensal Estimates: Statistical Properties of Different Measures; Introduction; Background; Measure of Equity; Assessment of Bias
    Description / Table of Contents: Considering Census Net Undercount and Its Estimation
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Flourishing Children : Defining and Testing Indicators of Positive Development (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 105 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lippman, Laura H. Flourishing children
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Developmental psychology ; Psychometrics
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive outcomes. The Flourishing Children Project undertook the development of scales for adolescents ages 12-17 for 19 aspects of flourishing covering six domains: flourishing in school and work, personal flourishing, flourishing in relationships, relationship skills, helping others to flourish, and environmental stewardship. This volume describes the four-stage process of developing the scales, including: Reviewing the literature for extant measures for items to test and synthesizing the existing research into consensus definitions for each construct; conducting cognitive testing of items with adolescents and their parents; pilot testing the items; and conducting psychometric analyses
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-8607-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research : Volume 29 (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401780056
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 592 p. 29 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Higher Education ; 29
    RVK:
    DV 2850
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; USA ; Hochschulbildung
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-8005-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Understanding Society and Natural Resources : Forging New Strands of Integration Across the Social Sciences (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401789592
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 261 p. 38 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Ecology ; Environmental geology. ; Geoecology. ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Human Geography ; Physical geography.
    Abstract: In this edited volume leading scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds wrestle with social science integration opportunities and challenges. This book explores the growing concern of how best to achieve effective integration of the social science disciplines as a means for furthering natural resource social science and environmental problem solving. The chapters provide an overview of the history, vision, advances, examples, and methods that could lead to integration. The quest for integration among the social sciences is not new. Some argue that the social sciences have lagged in their advancements and contributions to society due to their inability to address integration related issues. Integration merits debate for a number of reasons. First, natural resource issues are complex and are affected by multiple proximate driving social factors. Single disciplinary studies focused at one level are unlikely to provide explanations that represent this complexity and are limited in their ability to inform policy recommendations. Complex problems are best explored across disciplines that examine social-ecological phenomenon from different scales. Second, multi-disciplinary initiatives such as those with physical and biological scientists are necessary to understand the scope of the social sciences. Too frequently there is a belief that one social scientist on a multi-disciplinary team provides adequate social science representation. Third, more complete models of human behavior will be achieved through a synthesis of diverse social science perspectives
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-8959-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400769588
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 843 p. 2 illus. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy—History. ; Philosophy ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy.
    Abstract: The History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand is a comprehensive account of the historical development of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand, from the establishment of the first Philosophy Chair in Australasia in 1886 at the University of Melbourne to the current burgeoning of Australasian philosophy. The work is divided into two broad sections, the first providing an account of significant developments and events during various periods in the history of Australasian philosophy, and the second focusing on ideas and theories that have been influential in various disciplines within Australasian philosophy. The work consists of chapters contributed by various philosophers, on specific fields of inquiry or historical periods within Australasian philosophy
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6958-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Physicalism and the Mind (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401794510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 90 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses a tightly knit cluster of questions in the philosophy of mind. There is the question: Are mental properties identical with physical properties? An affirmative answer would seem to secure the truth of physicalism regarding the mind, i.e., the belief that all mental phenomena obtain solely in virtue of physical phenomena. If the answer is negative, then the question arises: Can this solely in virtue of relation be understood as some kind of dependence short of identity? And answering this requires answering two further questions. Exactly what sort of dependence on the physical does physicalism require, and what is needed for a property or phenomenon to qualify as physical? It is argued that multiple realizability still provides irresistible proof (especially with the possibility of immaterial realizers) that mental properties are not identical with any properties of physics, chemistry, or biology. After refuting various attempts to formulate nonreductive physicalism with the notion of realization, a new definition of physicalism is offered. This definition shows how it could be that the mental depends solely on the physical even if mental properties are not identical with those of the natural sciences. Yet, it is also argued that the sort of psychophysical dependence described is robust enough that if it were to obtain, then in a plausible and robust sense of ‘physical’, mental properties would still qualify as physical properties
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-9451-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dao Companion to Japanese Confucian Philosophy (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048129218
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 422 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dao companion to Japanese Confucian philosophy
    RVK:
    CI 8520
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Confucian--Japan. ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Japan ; Konfuzianismus ; Ideengeschichte 1600-1868
    Abstract: This volume features in-depth philosophical analyses of major Japanese Confucian philosophers as well as themes and topics addressed in their writings. Its main historical focus is the early-modern period (1600-1868), when much original Confucian philosophizing occurred. Written by scholars from the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, Japan, and China and eclectic in methodology and disciplinary approach, this anthology seeks to advance new multidimensional studies of Japanese Confucian philosophy for English language readers. It presents essays that focus on Japanese Confucianism, while including topics related to Buddhism, Shintō, Nativism, and even Andō Shōeki 安藤昌益 (1703-1762), one of the most vehement critics of Confucianism in all of East Asia. The book builds on the premise that Japanese Confucian philosophy consists in the ongoing engagement in critical, self-reflective discussions of and speculative theorizing about ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, political theory, and spiritual problems, as well as aesthetics, cosmology, and ontology
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-2921-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400709294
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVII, 1860 p. 29 illus., 26 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Humanities ; Humanities / Arts ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Agriculture ; Environmental law ; Landwirtschaft ; Nahrung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This Encyclopedia offers a definitive source on issues pertaining to the full range of topics in the important new area of food and agricultural ethics. It includes summaries of historical approaches, current scholarship, social movements, and new trends from the standpoint of the ethical notions that have shaped them. It combines detailed analyses of specific topics such as the role of antibiotics in animal production, the Green Revolution, and alternative methods of organic farming, with longer entries that summarize general areas of scholarship and explore ways that they are related. Renewed debate, discussion and inquiry into food and agricultural topics have become a hallmark of the turn toward more sustainable policies and lifestyles in the 21st century. Attention has turned to the goals and ethical rationale behind production, distribution and consumption of food, as well as to non-food uses of cultivated biomass and the products of animal husbandry. These wide-ranging debates encompass questions in human nutrition, animal rights and the environmental impacts of aquaculture and agricultural production. Each of these and related topics is both technically complex and involves an - often implicit - ethical dimension. Other topics include methods for integrating ethics into scientific and technical research programs or development projects, the role of intensive agriculture and biotechnology in addressing persistent world hunger and the role of crops, forests and engineered organisms in making a transition to renewable, carbon-neutral sources of energy. The Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics proves an indispensible reference point for future research and writing on topics in agriculture and food ethics for decades to come
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0929-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Computational Methods for Corpus Annotation and Analysis (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401786454
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 186 p. 22 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lu, Xiaofei Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    RVK:
    ST 306
    Keywords: Translators (Computer programs) ; Applied linguistics ; Linguistics ; Korpus ; Computerlinguistik
    Abstract: In the past few decades the use of increasingly large text corpora has grown rapidly in language and linguistics research. This was enabled by remarkable strides in natural language processing (NLP) technology, technology that enables computers to automatically and efficiently process, annotate and analyze large amounts of spoken and written text in linguistically and/or pragmatically meaningful ways. It has become more desirable than ever before for language and linguistics researchers who use corpora in their research to gain an adequate understanding of the relevant NLP technology to take full advantage of its capabilities. This volume provides language and linguistics researchers with an accessible introduction to the state-of-the-art NLP technology that facilitates automatic annotation and analysis of large text corpora at both shallow and deep linguistic levels. The book covers a wide range of computational tools for lexical, syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and discourse analysis, together with detailed instructions on how to obtain, install and use each tool in different operating systems and platforms. The book illustrates how NLP technology has been applied in recent corpus-based language studies and suggests effective ways to better integrate such technology in future corpus linguistics research. This book provides language and linguistics researchers with a valuable reference for corpus annotation and analysis.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-8645-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of Argumentation Theory (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    DW 1000
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9473-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Science Teachers’ Use of Visual Representations (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783319065267
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 338 p. 65 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Models and Modeling in Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science teachers' use of visual representations
    RVK:
    DP 4600
    RVK:
    ZX 7240
    RVK:
    TB 4056
    RVK:
    DP 1960
    RVK:
    AL 34330
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Visualisierung
    Abstract: This book examines the diverse use of visual representations by teachers in the science classroom. It contains unique pedagogies related to the use of visualization, presents original curriculum materials as well as explores future possibilities. The book begins by looking at the significance of visual representations in the teaching of science. It then goes on to detail two recent innovations in the field: simulations and slowmation, a process of explicit visualization. It also evaluates the way teachers have used different diagrams to illustrate concepts in biology and chemistry. Next, the book explores the use of visual representations in culturally diverse classrooms, including the implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, the crucial importance of language in the design and use of visualizations, and visualizations in popular books about chemistry. It also shows the place of visualizations in the growing use of informal, self-directed science education. Overall, the book concludes that if the potential of visualizations in science education is to be realized in the future, the subject must be included in both pre-service and in-service teacher education. It explores ways to develop science teachers’ representational competence and details the impact that this will have on their teaching. The worldwide trend towards providing science education for all, coupled with the increased availability of color printing, access to personal computers and projection facilities, has lead to a more extensive and diverse use of visual representations in the classroom. This book offers unique insights into the relationship between visual representations and science education, making it an ideal resource for educators as well as researchers in science education, visualization and pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: Section A: Research into teaching with visual representationsIntroduction -- Chapter 1 : The significance of visual representations in the teaching of science, B. Eilam, J.K. Gilbert -- Chapter 2 : Teaching and researching visual representations: Shared vision or divided world? S. Ainsworth & L. Newton -- Section B: Teachers’ selections, constructions and use of visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 3 : Representing visually: What teachers know and what they prefer, B. Eilam, Y. Poyas, R. Hasimshoni -- Chapter 4 : Slowmation: A process of explicit visualisation, J. Loughran -- Chapter 5 : Secondary biology teachers’ use of different types of diagrams for different purposes, Y. Liu, M. Won, D.F. Treagust -- Chapter 6 : Teaching stoichiometry with particulate diagrams - linking macro phenomena and chemical equations, M.W. Cheng, J.K. Gilbert -- Section C: Teachers’ use of visual representations in culturally-diverse classrooms -- Introduction -- Chapter 7 : Thoughts on visualizations in diverse cultural settings: The case of France and Pakistan, E. De Vries, M. Ashraf -- Chapter 8 : The implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, B. Waldrip, S. Satupo, F. Rodie -- Chapter 9 : The interplay between language and visualization: The role of the teacher, L. Mammino -- Chapter 10: Visualizations in popular books about chemistry, J.K. Gilbert, A. Afonso -- Section D: Teachers’ supporting student learning from visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 11 : Teachers using interactive simulations to scaffold inquiry instruction in physical science education, D. Geelan, X.Fan -- Chapter 12: Transformed instruction: Teaching in a student-generated representations learning environment, O. Parnafes, R. Trachtenberg-Maslaton -- Chapter 13: The laboratory for making things: Developing multiple representations of knowledge, J. Bamberger -- Section E: Overview -- Chapter 14: Developing science teachers’ representational competence and its impact on their teaching, J.K.Gilbert, B. Eilam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-06526-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Activist science and technology education (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400743601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 652 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 9
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    LC 50000
    RVK:
    LB 86000
    Keywords: Erziehung ; Naturwissenschaft ; Science / Study and teaching ; Education
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4360-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Abstract
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Abstract
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    KOBV
    BVB
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Teaching Science and Investigating Environmental Issues with Geospatial Technology : Designing Effective Professional Development for Teachers (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048139316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 353 p. 46 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching Science and Investigating Environmental Issues with Geospatial Technology
    Keywords: Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education
    Abstract: This book provides research-grounded and practically-minded insights into teacher professional development in support of integrating GIS and other geospatial technologies into K-12 science teaching. In this volume 50 designers, educators and researchers share their experiences, knowledge, and lessons learned from a wide variety of projects. Readers will find a myriad of ideas and perspectives that they can apply to their own teacher professional development projects, as they work to provide students with engaging opportunities for learning science. Geospatial technologies enable teachers to teach in fundamentally new ways, building student interest and skill through active engagement in critical thinking and project or inquiry-based learning. Students are naturally drawn to looking at landscapes and interpreting features through analysis of both shape and form. Given the chance to manipulate spatial data, students revel in deciphering mysteries, exploring scientific explanations, and linking causes with consequences. The passion and interest demonstrated by students using geospatial tools has motivated an increasing number of K-12 teachers to embrace the use of these technologies for teaching and learning science. Given the nature and complexity of these tools, high quality professional development is essential for providing teachers with the support and guidance they need to use geospatial technologies effectively. This book will be of special interest to scientists, geographers, and science educators who are designing or delivering teacher professional development in support of teaching with technology. The case studies make it possible for readers to identify specific paths forward regarding both research and practice. GIS and other geospatial technologies offer teachers an effective way to engage students in the analysis of authentic data in ways called for by the Next Generation Science Standards and the National Geography Standards. With the improvements in the usability of the tools, the time is right to bring GIS and other geospatial technologies into all K-12 classrooms. The chapters in this book will enable teachers and teacher educators to make that happen. Daniel C. Edelson, Ph.D., Vice President for Education, National Geographic Society While increasing numbers of people use basic geospatial technologies, their power to enliven science has not yet been explored by most educators. This robust and thoughtful compilation focuses on how to supp ...
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-3931-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Institution of Science and the Science of Institutions : The Legacy of Joseph Ben-David (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400774070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 227 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 302
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The institution of science and the science of institutions
    Keywords: Science History ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Medicine ; Science, general ; Science History ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Medicine ; Ben-Daṿid, Yosef 1920-1986 ; Wissenschaft
    Abstract: The present anthology, edited by Marcel Herbst, is partially based on a conference, held in 2009, to reflect on the legacy of Ben-David, and contains a selection of substantially revised papers, plus four contributions specifically written for this volume. The book focuses on three major lines of Ben-David’s research, namely “Center and Periphery” (Part I), “Role and Ethos” (Part II), and “Organization and Growth” (Part III). In addition, comprehensive introductory (“Prologue”) and concluding chapters (“Epilogue”, Part IV) by Marcel Herbst are provided. The volume addresses the following disciplines: higher education, history and sociology of science, philosophy of science, history of medicine, public administration, policy studies, Jewish studies, and economics. The anthology is one of two new publications on Joseph Ben-David after the special Minerva edition Vol. 25, Numbers 1-2, March 1987, and Gad Freudenthal’s collection of Ben-David’s writings [1991]. The text can be used in graduate studies, it addresses higher education professionals or public officials, and serves as a gateway to researchers in the field of higher education, science studies, or policy sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceI Prologue 1 -- 1 Introduſtion; Marcel Herbst -- 2 Academic Organization and Scientific Produſtivity; Marcel Herbst -- II Role and Ethos -- 3 On Sociology of Knowledge and Politics of Freedom; Yaron Ezrahi -- 4 The Scientists’ Role and Medical Innovations; Ilana Löwy -- 5 Clinical Praſtice and Clinical Research; George Weisz -- III Center and Periphery -- 6 Faded Grandeur: the German Academic System; Richard Münch -- 7 The Scion and its Tree; Shaul Katz -- IV Organization and Growth -- 8 The Excellence of IT; Andrew Abbott -- 9 Lessons Learned from the Study of Collaborations; Ivan Chompalov -- V Epilogue -- 10 The Legacy of Joseph Ben-David; Marcel Herbst -- Contributors -- Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-7407-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Artefact Kinds : Ontology and the Human-Made World (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783319008011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 225 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 365
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Artefact kinds
    RVK:
    CC 6000
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Artefakt ; Ontologie ; Wirklichkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is concerned with two intimately related topics of metaphysics: the identity of entities and the foundations of classification. What it adds to previous discussions of these topics is that it addresses them with respect to human-made entities, that is, artefacts. As the chapters in the book show, questions of identity and classification require other treatments and lead to other answers for artefacts than for natural entities. These answers are of interest to philosophers not only for their clarification of artefacts as a category of things but also for the new light they may shed on these issue with respect to to natural entities. This volume is structured in three parts. The contributions in Part I address basic ontological and metaphysical questions in relation to artefact kinds: How should we conceive of artefact kinds? Are they real kinds? How are identity conditions for artefacts and artefact kinds related? The contributions in Part II address meta-ontological questions: What, exactly, should an ontological account of artefact kinds provide us with? What scope can it aim for? Which ways of approaching the ontology of artefact kinds are there, how promising are they, and how should we assess this? In Part III, the essays offer engineering practice rather than theoretical philosophy as a point of reference. The issues addressed here include: How do engineers classify technical artefacts and on what grounds? What makes specific classes of technical artefacts candidates for ontologically real kinds, and by which criteria?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: The Ontology of Technical Artefacts; Maarten Franssen, Peter Kroes, Thomas A. C. Reydon and Pieter E. VermaasPart I: Artefact Kinds and Metaphysics -- Chapter 2. How Real are Artefacts and Artefact Kinds?; E. J. Lowe -- Chapter 3. Artifacts and Mind-Independence; Crawford L. Elder -- Chapter 4. Public Artifacts, Intentions, and Norms; Amie L. Thomasson -- Chapter 5. Artefact Kinds, Ontological Criteria and Forms of Mind-Dependence; Maarten Franssen and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 6. Artifact Kinds, Identity Criteria and Logical Adequacy; Massimiliano Carrara, Silvia Gaio and Marzia Soavi -- Part II: Artefact Kinds and New Perspectives -- Chapter 7. Creating Artifactual Kinds; Jesús Vega-Encabo and Diego Lawler -- Chapter 8. Metaphysical and Epistemological Approaches to Developing a Theory of Artifact Kinds; Thomas A. C. Reydon -- Chapter 9. Ethnotechnology: A Manifesto; Beth Preston -- Part III: Artefact Kinds and Engineering Practice -- Chapter 10. On What is Made: Instruments, Products and Natural Kinds of Artefacts; Wybo Houkes and Pieter E. Vermaas -- Chapter 11. Artefactual Systems, Missing Components and Replaceability; Nicola Guarino -- Chapter 12. Engineering Differences Between Natural, Social and Artificial Kinds; Eric T. Kerr.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-00801-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Accounting for the Public Interest : Perspectives on Accountability, Professionalism and Role in Society (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400770829
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 280 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Business Ethics Research, A Journal of Business Ethics Book Series 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Accounting for the public interest
    RVK:
    QP 800
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This volume explores the opportunities and challenges facing the accounting profession in an increasingly globalized business and financial reporting environment. It looks back at past experiences of the profession in attempting to meet its public interest obligation. It examines the role and responsibilities of accounting to society including regulatory requirements, increased emphasis on corporate social responsibility, accounting fraud and whistle-blowing implications, internationalization of public interest obligations, and providing the education needed to be successful. The book incorporates an ethical dimension in making these assessments. Its focus is a conceptual, theoretical one drawing on classical philosophy, the sociology of professions, economic theory, and the public interest dimension of accountants as professionals. The authors of papers are long-time contributors to the annual symposium on Research in Accounting Ethics sponsored by the Public Interest Section of the AAA.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-7082-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Effective Group Work in Primary School Classrooms : The SPRinG Approach (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400769915
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 212 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: This book offers a challenge to traditional approaches to classroom teaching and pedagogy. The SPRinG (Social Pedagogic Research into Groupwork) project, part of a larger research programme on teaching and learning funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), was developed to enhance the learning potential of pupils working in classroom groups by actively involving teachers in a programme designed to raise levels of group work during typical classroom learning activities. Internationally, the SPRinG project is the largest evaluation of effective group working methods in comparison to traditional teaching, with findings that show raised levels of pupil achievement and a doubling of sustained, active engagement in learning. The opening chapters present arguments regarding the relationship of social interaction and children’s cognitive development and examine theories that explain why social interactional processes should be integrated into primary school pedagogic practices. Next, the book describes the conceptual and methodological basis for the SPRinG studies, especially its focus on the relational approach, the type of involvement of teachers and classroom planning. Further chapters present key results and describe the background and methods used to establish SPRinG-based effects on pupil progress in mathematics, literacy and science, including both macro and micro assessments; how the SPRinG approach affected pupil-pupil interactions and teacher-pupil interactions, as measured by systematic on-the-spot observations and analyses of videotapes of groups working on specially designed tasks work; and effects on pupil self-completed measures of motivation and attitudes to group work. The book also analyses reflections of teachers who have worked with SPRinG: moving from theory to practice as well as adding insights associated with implementing SPRinG principles in schools. Drawing upon developmental psychological, social psychological and classroom research, it develops a new and ambitious social pedagogic approach to classroom learning, with a stress on group work, which will be of interest to researchers, teachers and policy-makers. This book includes contributions from Andrew Tolmie and Ed Baines, who were also involved in the ScotSPRinG and SPRinG projects
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; The Content of the Book: The SPRinG Approach; Who the Book Is Intended to Reach; Acknowledgements; Definitions; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1 Can the Grouping of Children in Classrooms Affect Their Learning; An Introduction to Social Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Does the Classroom Context Affect Learning?; 1.3 Grouping and Learning: A Preliminary View; 1.3.1 Cognitive Processes and Group Work in Schools; 1.3.2 Peer Relations; 1.4 Social Processes Underlying Group Work in Schools; 1.5 Relationships among Children as Learners within Group Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.6 The BookReferences; Chapter 2 Groups and Classrooms; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background Issues in Promoting Development and Understanding via Effective Group Work in Classrooms: Understanding Pedagogy and Opening the `Black Box'; 2.3Experimental and Naturalistic Studies of Group Workin Primary School Classrooms; 2.3.1 Experimental Research; 2.3.2 Naturalistic Studies; 2.3.2.1 First Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; Size and Number of Groupings in Classrooms; Types of Working Arrangements; Adult Support of Groupings; Group Composition; Curriculum Area and Task Type
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary of Phase 1 Studies and Some Concerns2.3.2.2 Second Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; The Attainment Context Within the Classroom; Group Size and Number, and Classroom Seating and Working Arrangements; Working Interactions Within Groupings; Number of Adults in Classes and Adult Role in Relation to Groupings; Grouping Composition; Learning Task Type; Learning Task Type in Relation to Grouping Size; Interaction Type and Curriculum Area; 2.3.2.3 Some General Conclusions from Phase 2 Naturalistic Classroom Studies: Findings from Classroom Mapping; 2.4 Chapter Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 The SPRinG Project: The Intervention Programme and the Evaluation Methods3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The SPRinG Project; 3.2.1 The SPRinG Approach: Building on a Social Pedagogyof Classroom Learning; 3.2.1.1 Preparation of the Classroom Context for Group Work; Class Seating Arrangements; Group Size; The Number of Groups in the Class; Group Stability; Group Composition; 3.2.1.2 Preparation of Lessons and Activities Involving Group Work: Curriculum and Group Work Activities; 3.2.1.3 A Relational Approach to Facilitate Group Working
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1.4 Involvement of Teachers in the Support of Group Work3.3 Evaluation of the SPRinG Programme: The Intervention and Research Design; 3.3.1 The SPRinG Programme and How it was Implemented; 3.3.1.1 Principles and Practices; 3.3.1.2 Training in Social, Communication and AdvancedGroup Working Skills; 3.4 Evaluating the SPRinG Project; 3.4.1 Research Design; 3.4.2 Samples; 3.4.3 Methods of Data Collection: Measures of Pupil Attainment, Classroom Behavior, Motivation/Attitudes to Learning and Classroom Implementation; 3.4.3.1 Pupil Attainment; Key Stage 1; Key Stage 2
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.3.2 Classroom Behaviour Measures
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6991-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Sourcebook for the History of the Philosophy of Mind : Philosophical Psychology from Plato to Kant (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400769670
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 746 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sourcebook for the history of the philosophy of mind
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sourcebook for the History of the Philosophy of Mind : Philosophical Psychology from Plato to Kant
    RVK:
    CC 5600
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy of mind ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy of Mind ; Geschichte ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Fresh translations of key texts, exhaustive coverage from Plato to Kant, and detailed commentary by expert scholars of philosophy add up to make this sourcebook the first and most comprehensive account of the history of the philosophy of mind. Published at a time when the philosophy of mind and philosophical psychology are high-profile domains in current research, the volume will inform our understanding of philosophical questions by shedding light on the origins of core conceptual assumptions often arrived at before the instauration of psychology as a recognized subject in its own right. The chapters closely follow historical developments in our understanding of the mind, with sections dedicated to ancient, medieval Latin and Arabic, and early modern periods of development. The volume’s structural clarity enables readers to trace the entire progression of philosophical understanding on specific topics related to the mind, such as the nature of perception. Doing so reveals the fascinating contrasts between current and historical approaches. In addition to its all-inclusive source material, the volume provides subtle expert commentary that includes critical introductions to each thematic section as well as detailed engagement with the central texts. A voluminous bibliography includes hundreds of primary and secondary sources. The sheer scale of this new publication sheds light on the progression, and discontinuities, in our study of the philosophy of mind, and represents a major new sourcebook in a field of extreme importance to our understanding of humanity as a whole
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6967-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents : Contributions to Social Ontology (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400769342
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 372 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutions, emotions, and group agents
    RVK:
    MR 3100
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialphilosophie ; Ontologie ; Gruppe ; Institution ; Sozialphilosophie ; Gruppe ; Institution
    Abstract: The contributions gathered in this volume present the state of the art in key areas of current social ontology. They focus on the role of collective intentional states in creating social facts, and on the nature of intentional properties of groups that allow characterizing them as responsible agents, or perhaps even as persons. Many of the essays are inspired by contemporary action theory, emotion theory, and theories of collective intentionality. Another group of essays revisits early phenomenological approaches to social ontology and accounts of sociality that draw on the Hegelian idea of recognition. This volume is organized into three parts. First, the volume discusses themes highlighted in John Searle’s work and addresses questions concerning the relation between intentions and the deontic powers of institutions, the role of disagreement, and the nature of collective intentionality. Next, the book focuses on joint and collective emotions and mutual recognition, and then goes on to explore the scope and limits of group agency, or group personhood, especially the capacity for responsible agency. The variety of philosophical traditions mirrored in this collection provides readers with a rich and multifaceted survey of present research in social ontology. It will help readers deepen their understanding of three interrelated and core topics in social ontology: the constitution and structure of institutions, the role of shared evaluative attitudes, and the nature and role of group agents
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Introduction: Contributions to Social Ontology-Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents; Anita Konzelmann Ziv and Hans Bernhard Schmid -- Part I: Intentionality and Institutions -- Chapter 2. Document Acts; Barry Smith -- Chapter 3. Searlean Reflections on Sacred Mountains; Filip Buekens -- Chapter 4. Social Objects without Intentions; Brian Epstein -- Chapter 5. The Logical Form of Totalitarianism; Jennifer Hudin -- Chapter 6. Groups, Normativity and Disagreement; Rodrigo E. Sànchaz Brigido -- Chapter 7. Joint Actions, Social Institutions and Collective Goods: A Teleological Account; Seumas Miller -- Chapter 8. Three Types of Heterotropic Intentionality: A Taxonomy in Social Ontology; Francesca De Vecchi -- Part II: Shared Emotions and Recognition -- Chapter 9. Emergence and Empathy; Ronald De Sousa -- Chapter 10. The Functions of Collective Emotions in Social Groups; Mikko Salmela -- Chapter 11. Feelings of Being-Together and Caring With; H. Andrés Sànchez Guerrero -- Chapter 12. Joining the Background: Habitual Sentiments behind We-Intentionality; Emanuele Caminada -- Chapter 13. Collective Intentionality and Recognition from Others; Arto Laitinen -- Chapter 14. The Conditions of Collectivity: Joint Commitment and the Shared Norms of Membership; Titus Stahl -- Part III: Collective Reasons and Group Agency -- Chapter 15. Acting Over Time, Acting Together; Michael E. Bratman -- Chapter 16. How Where We Stand Constrains Where I Stand: Applying Bratman’s Account of Self-Governance to Collective Action; Joseph Kisolo-Ssonko -- Chapter 17. Team Reasoning and Shared Intention; Abraham Sesshu Roth -- Chapter 18. Collective Intentionality and Practical Reason; Juliette Gloor -- Chapter 19. The SANE Approach to Real Collective Responsibility; Sara Chant -- Chapter 20. Are Individualist Accounts of Collective Responsibility Morally Deficient?; András Szigeti -- Chapter 21. Can Groups Be Autonomous Rational Agents? A Challenge to the List-Pettit-Theory; Vuko Andric -- Chapter 22. Direct and Indirect Common Belief; Emiliano Lorini and Andreas Herzig.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6934-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Federalism and legal unification : a Comparative Empirical Investigation of Twenty Systems (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400773981
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Federalism and legal unification
    RVK:
    PL 625
    Keywords: Constitutional law ; Law ; Föderalismus ; Rechtseinheit ; Verfassungsrecht ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: How and to what degree do federations produce uniform law within their system? This comparative empirical study addresses these questions comprehensively for the first time. Originally produced under the auspices of the International Academy of Comparative Law, this volume examines legal unification in twenty federations around the world. Each of the successive chapters presents the forces of unification through the lens of a particular federal system. A comparative overview chapter provides a detailed analysis of the overall results with compelling visual illustrations of legal unification along different dimensions (e.g. by area of law; by federation; by civil vs common law system). The overview chapter summarizes and analyzes the means and methods of legal unification and the degree of legal unification of each system, and explains the driving forces of legal unity and diversity in federations more generally. The volume presents surprising findings that should make scholars rethink their abandonment of the civil law vs. common law distinction in comparative law. This book is a milestone in the study of federalism. It is a rare and welcome melding of comparative law and comparative politics using both original data and qualitative analysis. Wide-ranging, probing, and definitive, this book is an invaluable resource for students of law, politics, and multi-level governance. Gary Marks, Burton Craige Professor, UNC-Chapel Hill, and Chair in Multilevel Governance, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-7398-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Beneficial Ownership : Basic and Federal Indian Law Aspects of a Concept (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783319016863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 151 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Reinhard-DeRoo, Matthias Beneficial ownership
    RVK:
    PP 8675
    Keywords: Humanities ; Anthropology ; Law ; Law ; Humanities ; Anthropology
    Abstract: The hunt for beneficial owners is on. Like an elephant, the beneficial owner hides in the jungle of complex legal structures, waiting to be discovered by eager prosecutors. But what lies behind this metaphor? What is a Beneficial Owner? Is beneficial ownership a right? What does this right encompass? What is the value of this right compared to other rights? And if beneficial ownership is not a right, is it still a legally relevant relation? How do courts, namely the U.S. Supreme Court deal with the concept? When do Anglo-American judges and European scholars resort to the concept? This book approaches these questions from two perspectives: legal fundamentals and the field of U.S. federal Indian law. Both legal theories and case law are scrutinized with the aim to find a better understanding of the basic conception and characteristics of beneficial ownership. Federal Indian law has been chosen for the study of the concrete implications of the beneficial ownership concept in what Roscoe Pound referred to as “the law in action.” To some, this choice of legal field might seem somewhat unusual. What answers could federal Indian law possibly offer with regard to pressing questions from the financial industry? As always, there is a short and a long answer. The short answer is that the analysis of an equally sophisticated field of law can open new perspectives on a given field of law. For example, not only potential criminals and tax evaders but also members of an older civilization are beneficial owners. The long answer can be found in this very book
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionThe Term Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership as a Concept -- Common Law, Equity and Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership Used in U.S. Supreme Court Decisions -- Fundamental Aspects of Federal Indian Law -- The Beneficial Ownership Concept Applied in Federal Indian Law -- Epilogue.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-01686-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Multicultural Science Education : Preparing Teachers for Equity and Social Justice (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Abstract: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-7651-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Consciousness Inside and Out: Phenomenology, Neuroscience, and the Nature of Experience (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400760011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 457 p. 29 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision
    Abstract: This volume is product of the third online consciousness conference, held at http://consciousnessonline.com in February and March 2011. Chapters range over epistemological issues in the science and philosophy of perception, what neuroscience can do to help us solve philosophical issues in the philosophy of mind, what the true nature of black and white vision, pain, auditory, olfactory, or multi-modal experiences are, to higher-order theories of consciousness, synesthesia, among others. Each chapter includes a target article, commentaries, and in most cases, a final response from the author. Though wide-ranging all of the papers aim to understand consciousness both from the inside, as we experience it, and from the outside as we encounter it in our science. The Online Consciousness Conference, founded and organized by Richard Brown, is dedicated to the rigorous study of consciousness and mind. The goal is to bring philosophers, scientists, and interested lay persons together in an online venue to promote high-level discussion and exchanging of views, ideas and data related to the scientific and philosophical study of consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: Chp. 1 Richard Brown “Introduction”I. First-Person Data and the Science of Consciousness -- Chp. 2. Ruth Millikan  “An Epistemology for Phenomenology?” -- Chp.  3. Gualtiero Piccinini & Corey J. Maley “From Phenomenology to the Self-Measurement Methodology of First-Person Data” -- II. Phenomenal Properties and Dualism -- Chp. 4. Paul Churchland “Consciousness and the Introspection of Apparent Qualitative Simples” -- Chp. 5. Torin Alter “Churchland on arguments against physicalism” -- Chp. 6. Paul Churchland “Response to Torin Alter” -- III. Property Dualism and Panpsychism -- Chp. 7. Philip Goff “Orthodox Property Dualism + the Linguistic Theory of Vagueness = Panpsychism” -- Chp. 8. Bill Robinson “A Wake Up Call” -- Chp. 9. Jon Simon “What is Acquaintance with Consciousness?” -- Chp. 10. Philip Goff “Reply to Simon and Robinson” -- IV. Naïve Realism, Hallucinations, and Perceptual Justification -- Chp. 11. Benj Hellie “It’s Still There!” -- Chp. 12. Jacob Berger “Perceptual Justification Outside of Consciousness” -- Chp. 13. Jeff Speaks “Some Thoughts about Hallucination, Self-Representation, and “It’s Still There!”” -- Chp. 14. Heather Logue “But Where is a Hallucinator’s Perceptual Justification?” -- Chp. 15. Benj Hellie “Yep -Still There” -- V. Beyond Color-Consciousness -- Chp. 16. Kathleen Akins “Black and White and Color” -- Chp. 17. Pete Mandik “What is Visual and Phenomenal but Concerns Neither Hue nor Shade?” -- VI. Phenomenal Externalism and the Science of Perception -- Chp. 18. Adam Pautz “The Real Trouble for Phenomenal Externalists: New Evidence for a Brain-Based Theory of Consciousness” -- Chp. 19. David Hilbert & Colin Klein “No Problem” -- Chp. 20. Adam Pautz “Ignoring the Real Problems for Phenomenal Externalism: A Reply to Hilbert and Klein” -- VII. The Ontology of Audition -- Chp. 21. Jason Leddington “What We Hear” -- Chp. 22. Casey O'Calleghan “Audible Independence and Binding” -- Chp. 23. Matt Nudds “Commentary on Leddington” -- VIII. Multi-Modal Experience -- Chp. 24. Kevin Connolly “Making Sense of Multiple Senses” -- Chp. 25. Matt Fulkerson “Explaining Multisensory Experience” -- IX. Synesthesia -- Chp. 26. Berit Brogaard “Seeing as a Non-Experiential Mental State: The Case from Synesthesia and Mental Imagery” -- Chp. 27. Ophelia Deroy “Synesthesia: An Experience of the Third Kind?” -- Chp. 28. Berit Brogaard “Varieties of Synesthetic Experience” -- X. Higher-Order Thought Theories of Consciousness and the Prefrontal Cortex -- Chp. 29. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “Not a Hot Dream” -- Chp. 30. Josh Weisberg “Sweet Dreams are Made of This?  A HOT Response to Sebastián” -- Chp. 31. Matt Ivonowich “The dlPFC isn’t a NCHOT: A Commentary on Sebastián’s “Not a HOT Dream” -- Chp. 32. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “I Cannot Tell You (Everything) About My Dreams: Reply to Ivanowich and Weisberg”.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6001-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Teaching and Learning the European Union : Traditional and Innovative Methods (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400770430
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 248 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching and learning the European Union
    RVK:
    DI 1000
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europäische Union ; Hochschulbildung ; Bildung
    Abstract: This volume examines the EU’s changing educational context and its challenges. Based on an extensive survey of more than 2000 European Studies courses in 30 European countries, it maps and analyses the features of teaching methodologies as they emerge from both disciplinary as well as interdisciplinary curricula. It presents a series of case studies on some of the most-used innovative teaching tools emerging in the field such as simulation games, e-learning, problem based learning, blended learning, and learning through the use of social networks. Based on the contributors’ own experiences and academic research, the book examines both strengths and possible pitfalls of these increasingly popular methods. The book’s critical approach will inspire educators and scholars committed to improving the teaching methods and tools in the area of European Studies and other programmes of higher education facing similar challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Teaching European Studies: Educational ChallengesPART I - EUROPEAN STUDIES: CONTEXTS AND CHALLENGES -- 2. Shaping the New Professional for the New Professions; W.H. Gijselaers, A. Dailey-Hebert and A.C. Niculescu -- 3. Working at the EU Institutions: New Human Resources Selection Strategy; N.D. Bearfield -- 4. Educating for EU Citizenship and Civic Engagement through Active Learning; G. J. van Dyke -- 5. Multilingual Universities: Policies and Practices; R. Franceschini and D. Veronesi -- 6. Thinking Europe: A Canadian Academic Immersion inside the European Institutions - EU Study Tour and Internship Program; E. Lavalle and A. Berlin -- PART II - MAPPING INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING AND LEARNING -- 7. Mapping Innovative Teaching Methods and Tools in European Studies: Results from a Comprehensive Study; S. Baroncelli, F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 8. Innovativeness in Teaching European Studies: an Empirical Investigation; F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 9. Linguistic Pluralism in European Studies; S. Baroncelli -- PART III - INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND EARNING IN EUROPEAN STUDIES -- 10. Assessing EU Simulations: Evidence from the Transatlantic EuroSim; R. Jones and P. Bursens -- 11. Distance Learning as an Alternative Method of Teaching European Studies; N. Timus -- 12. Problem Based Learning in European Studies; H. Maurer and C. Neuhold -- 13. Finding the Right Mix? Teaching European Studies through Blended Learning; A. Mihai -- 14. The Network is the Message: Social Networks as Teaching Tools; R. Farneti, I. Bianchi, T. Mayrgündter and J. Niederhauser -- Biographies -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-7043-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Law, Culture and Visual Studies (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048193226
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLI, 1042 p. 125 illus., 65 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    PC 5350
    Keywords: Law ; Law
    Abstract: The proposed volumes are aimed at a multidisciplinary audience and seek to fill the gap between law, semiotics and visuality providing a comprehensive theoretical and analytical overview of legal visual semiotics. They seek to promote an interdisciplinary debate from law, semiotics and visuality bringing together the cumulative research traditions of these related areas as a prelude to identifying fertile avenues for research going forward. Advance Praise for Law, Culture and Visual Studies This diverse and exhilarating collection of essays explores the many facets both historical and contemporary of visual culture in the law. It opens a window onto the substantive, jurisdictional, disciplinary and methodological diversity of current research. It is a cornucopia of materials that will enliven legal studies for those new to the field as well as for established scholars. It is a ‘must read’ that will leave you wondering about the validity of the long held obsession that reduces the law and legal studies to little more than a preoccupation with the word. Leslie J Moran Professor of Law, Birkbeck College, University of London Law, Culture & Visual Studies is a treasure trove of insights on the entwined roles of legality and visuality. From multiple interdisciplinary perspectives by scholars from around the world, these pieces reflect the fullness and complexities of our visual encounters with law and culture. From pictures to places to postage stamps, from forensics to film to folklore, this anthology is an exciting journey through the fertile field of law and visual culture as well as a testament that the field has come of age. Naomi Mezey, Professor of Law, Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, D.C., USA This highly interdisciplinary reference work brings together diverse fields including cultural studies, communication theory, rhetoric, law and film studies, legal and social history, visual and legal theory, in order to document the various historical, cultural, representational and theoretical links that bind together law and the visual. This book offers a breath-taking range of resources from both well-established and newer scholars who together cover the field of law’s representation in, interrogation of, and dialogue with forms of visual rhetoric, practice, and discourse. Taken together this scholarship presents state of the art research into an important and developing dimension of contemporary legal and cultural inquiry. Above all, Law C ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Biographical notes on the editors.- Biographical notes on contributors.- Introduction: Law, Culture and Visual Studies; Richard K. Sherwin.- Part I. Introducing Visual Legal StudiesPart II. Visualizing Legal Scholarship -- Part III. Law And Iconic Art -- Part IV. Visualizing Law In Indigenous Or Folk Loric Culture -- Part V. Visualizing Law’s Topography -- Part VI. Visual Technologies Of Law -- Part VII. Law And Popular Visual Media: “Case Studies” -- Part VIII. Law And Popular Visual Media: In Theory -- Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9322-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985 (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400770645
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 97 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Drucker, Donna J. The machines of sex research
    RVK:
    XB 2390
    Keywords: Science History ; Engineering ; Sexual behavior ; Science, general ; Science History ; Engineering ; Sexual behavior ; Sexualwissenschaft ; Medizintechnik ; Messtechnik ; Forschung ; Geschichte 1945-1985
    Abstract: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police “deviant” male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women’s sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and should manage their sexual lives, their readers interpreted their findings to enact their own visions of sexuality. Drucker shows how the use of machines in sex research provided some of the intellectual underpinnings of the sexual revolution and the women’s and gay rights movements, and in turn how the sex research community developed new machines for investigations that would enhance sexual happiness rather than constrict it. The Machines of Sex Research is a key read for those interested in the intersections between human sexuality, technology, and twentieth-century social movements. Describes the little-known history of the machines of human sex research in the postwar era Shows how researchers worldwide invented and used machines to study human sexuality and the body in new ways, and how they used and improved each other's designs Relates the relationship between the machines of sex research to Cold War sexualities and gender and sexual liberation movements
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1: The Machines of Sex Research -- Chapter 2: The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body -- Chapter 3: The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm -- Chapter 4: The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female Arousal -- Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-7064-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    International Handbook of Educational Leadership and Social (In)Justice (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400765559
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLIX, 1256 p. 26 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: The International Handbook on Educational Leadership and Social (In)Justice creates a first-of-its-kind international forum on conceptualizing the meanings of social justice and leadership, research approaches in studying social justice and combating social injustices, school, university and teacher leadership for social justice, advocacy and advocates for social justice, socio-cultural representations of social injustices, glocal policies, and leadership development as interventions. The Handbook is as much forward-looking as it is a retrospective review of educational research literatures on social justice from a variety of educational subfields including educational leadership, higher education academic networks, special education, health education, teacher education, professional development, policy analyses, and multicultural education. The Handbook celebrates the promises of social justice while providing the educational leadership research community with concrete, contextualized illustrations on how to address inequities and combat social, political and economic injustices through the processes of education in societies and educational institutions around the world
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6555-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Schutzian Phenomenology and Hermeneutic Traditions (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400760349
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 281 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions to Phenomenology 68
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutic traditions
    RVK:
    CI 1120
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959 ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959
    Abstract: Schutzian Phenomenology and Hermeneutic Traditions links Alfred Schutz to the larger hermeneutic tradition in Continental thought, illuminating the deep affinity between Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutics. The essays collected here explore a broad spectrum of Schutzian themes and concerns, from Schutz’s concrete affinities to hermeneutic traditions, his interpretationism and the pragmatist nature of Schutz’s thought, to questions concerning the role of the media and music in our understanding of the life-world and intersubjectivity. The essays go on to explore the practical applicability of Schutz’s thoughts on questions regarding economics, literature, ethics and the limits of human understanding. Given its emphasis on the application of Schutzian ideas and concepts, this book willbe of special interest to a wide range of readers in the social sciences and humanities, who are interested in the application of phenomenology to social, political, and cultural phenomena
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTORY ESSAY.- Reflections on the Relationship of ‘Social Phenomenology’ and Hermeneutics in Alfred Schutz:  An Introduction, M. STAUDIGL.- I. SCHUTZIAN PHENOMENOLOGY AND HERMENEUTIC TRADITIONS.- The Lifeworld Analysis of Alfred Schutz and the Methodology of the Social Sciences, T. EBERLE.- Understanding Sociologies and Tradition(s) of Hermeneutics, M. ENDRESS.-  Alfred Schutz and a Hermeneutical Sociology of Knowledge, H. NASU.-  The Interpretationism of Alfred Schutz or How Woodcutting can have Referential and Non-Referential Meaning, L. EMBREEII. THEORETICAL AND CONCEPTUAL REASSESSMENTS.-  Pragmatic theory of the life-world and hermeneutics of the social sciences, I. SRUBAR.-  Media Structures of the Life-World, R. AYASS.- The Musical Foundations of Alfred Schutz’ Hermeneutics of the Social World, A. G. STASCHEIT.- III. EXPLORATIONS OF THE PRACTICAL WORLD.-  Scientific Practice and the World of Working: Beyond Schutz’s Wirkwelt, D. BISCHUR.-  Hermeneutics of Transcendence:  Understanding and Communication at the Limits of Experience, A. HILT --    Alfred Schutz’s Practical-Hermeneutical Approach to Law and Normativity, I. COPOERU.-  Everyday Morality. Questions with and for Alfred Schutz, B. WALDENFELS .- IV. INVESTIGATIONS INTO MULTIPLE REALITIES.- Goffman and Schutz on multiple realities, G. PSATHAS.- Literature and the Limits of Pragmatism:  Alfred Schutz’s Goethe Manuscripts, M. D. BARBER.- Life-World Analysis and Literary Interpretation. On the Reconstruction of Symbolic Reality Spheres, J. DREHER.- Image Worlds. Aesthetic Experience and the Problem of Hermeneutics in the Social Sciences, D. TÄNZLER.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6034-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The common good : Chinese and American perspectives (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400772724
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (292 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture 23
    RVK:
    CI 9130
    Keywords: Philosophy, Modern ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed December 16, 2013)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Modelling norms (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer | Ann Arbor, Michigan : Proquest
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400770522 , 9781299876613
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 213 Seiten)
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    MR 7200
    RVK:
    MR 7300
    Keywords: Soziale Norm ; Kriminalitätstheorie ; Modellierung ; Methode
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    HeBIS
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Perspectives on theory of controversies and the ethics of communication : explorations of Marcelo Dascal's contributions to philosophy (2014)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400771314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (222 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 2
    DDC: 149.94
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 2, 2014)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Migration, Diaspora and Identity : Cross-National Experiences (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    DO 9000
    RVK:
    MS 1560
    RVK:
    LB 56000
    RVK:
    MS 3600
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Abstract: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Abstract: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Abstract: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Abstract: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Abstract: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Abstract: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Abstract: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A positive psychology perspective on quality of life (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    Language: English
    Edition: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib 2012 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 51
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Series Statement: Social indicators research series
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 150
    Keywords: Positive psychology ; Electronic books
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Disentangling migration and climate change : methodologies, political discourses and human rights (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    LB 56000
    RVK:
    MS 3600
    RVK:
    RB 10594
    RVK:
    UT 8900
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Globalisierung Süd (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531199160
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (454 p)
    Series Statement: Leviathan Sonderhefte
    Parallel Title: Print version Globalisierung Süd
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    MS 1170
    RVK:
    MS 1200
    RVK:
    MS 4410
    RVK:
    MH 10086
    Keywords: Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Abstract: Die soziale Welt hat sich seit 1989 grundlegend verändert. Man hatte ein „Ende der Geschichte" und die weltweite Ausbreitung westlicher Institutionen erwartet. Stattdessen ist die multizentrische Welt der Vergangenheit zurückgekehrt, in der auch Gesellschaften des globalen Südens eine Rolle spielen. Anhand konkreter Regional- und Länderbeispiele aus Afrika, Asien und Lateinamerika fragt der Band nach der Brauchbarkeit unseres theoretischen Vokabulars, nach angemessenen Kategorien zur Beschreibung langfristiger und grundlegender sozialer Wandlungsprozesse und damit auch nach der möglicherweise
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Einleitung; Literatur; I. Konturen und Varianten südlicher Staatlichkeit; Traditionelles Erbe, kolonialer Import, Opfer der Globalisierung? Geschichte und Perspektiven afrikanischer Staatlichkeit am Bei; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Globalisierung und die Zukunft des Staates; 2 Staatlichkeit in Afrika; 3 Ruandischer Exzeptionalismus?; Literatur; Staatlichkeit und Demokratie in Südostasien; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Demokratie; 3 Staatlichkeit; 4 Demokratie in Südostasien; 5 Staatlichkeit in Südostasien; 6 Der Zusammenhang von Staatlichkeit und Demokratie; 7. Schluss
    Description / Table of Contents: LiteraturLateinamerikanische Wohlfahrtsstaaten zwischen Demokratisierungsund Globalisierungsdruck; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Der moderne Wohlfahrtsstaat unter Globalisierungsdruck; 2 Genese und zentrale Charakteristika lateinamerikanischer Wohlfahrtsstaaten vor der neoliberalen Wende; 3 Lateinamerikanische Wohlfahrtsstaaten zwischen neoliberalen Strukturreformen und wachsendem Demokratisierungsdruck; 4 Ausblick: Wohlfahrtsstaatsforschung dezentrieren: Multiple Modernities . Varieties of Welfare Capitalism; Literatur; II. Global policies , sub- und parastaatlich
    Description / Table of Contents: Globale Herausforderungen und die (Wieder-)Entstehung neo-traditioneller Landrechte. Rechtsanthropologische Untersuchungen in GuZusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Bijagós: Vom Zentrum zur Peripherie; 3 Überblick über das kooperative Forschungsprojekt in Guinea-Bissau; 4 Konflikte um Landund Fischereirechte; 5 Ausblick; Literatur; Gestaltung .staatlicher. Policy im Schatten der Weltbank: Urbane Infrastruktur-Entwicklung, Zwangsumsiedlung und der listige Sta; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Das Mumbai Urban Transport Project; 3 Verhandlungen über die MUTP-Umsiedlungspolicy
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Pluralisierung von Recht und die Fragmentierung von Bürgerrechten5 Einbezug nicht-staatlicher Akteure bei der Policy-Implementierung: Bauunternehmen und NGOs; 6 Vergebliche Suche nach (quasi-)Rechtsmitteln: Beschwerdemechanismen auf mehreren Ebenen; 7 Durchsetzung von Bürgerrechten mit Rechtsmitteln; 8 Konklusion; Literatur; Sozialexperiment als neue Figuration von Wissenschaft, Politik und Markt im postkolonialen Afrika1; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Fragestellung: Therapeutische Herrschaft, Ausnahmezustand und Experimentalität; 2 Von der Unterentwicklung zum Ausnahmezustand?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Vom Experimentieren zur Experimentalität?4 Ausblick; Literatur; III. Neue soziale Bewegungen und Zivilgesellschaft; Lokale Traditionen und globale Erwartungen: Zivilgesellschaft in Südostasien; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Erforschung und Analyse der Zivilgesellschaft(en) in Südostasien; 3 Zivilgesellschaft avant la lettre: traditionelle zivilgesellschaftliche Institutionen; 4 Lokale Traditionen und globale Modelle der Zivilgesellschaft; 5 Schluss; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Zivilgesellschaft in Afrika? Formen gesellschaftlicher Selbstorganisation im Spannungsfeld von Globalisierung und lokaler soziop
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    KOBV
    HeBIS
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Kunstrecht 1: Grundlagen des Kunstrechts (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531190013
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (241 S.)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science
    Series Statement: Kunst- und Kulturmanagement
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lynen, Peter Michael, 1948 - Kunstrecht 1-3 ; 1: Kunstrecht 1
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    PI 4120
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Arts
    Abstract: Das Recht der Kunst und Kultur aller Sparten hat in den letzten Jahren an Umfang, Bedeutung und Vielfalt gewonnen. Dem entspricht die Zunahme kunstrechtlicher Publikationen. Es fehlte aber bislang eine umfassende Gesamtdarstellung, die in Form eines Lehrbuchs Wege durch das „Labyrinth des Kunstrechts“ aufzeigt und in konziser Beschreibung dem - auch nicht juristisch ausgebildeten - Leser hilft, diese selber gehen zu können. Im ersten Band dieses Lehrbuchs wird auf grundlegende Weichenstellungen eingegangen. Diese betreffen einerseits das Verständnis wesentlicher rechtlicher Kategorien, anderseits die Darstellung der „Doppelnatur“ von Kunst als Kulturgut und als Ware. Die politische, gesellschaftliche und wirtschaftliche Praxis widmet sich beidem mit unterschiedlichen Systemen der kulturellen Förderung und des Handels mit Kulturgütern. Das Recht behandelt dementsprechend sowohl gewährleistende und garantierende als auch wirtschafts- und handelsbezogene Gestaltungsmöglichkeiten. Aufgaben und Funktionen der öffentlichen Hand und diejenigen der Kulturwirtschaft werden in diesem Band aufgezeigt und gegenüber gestellt. Rechtliche Kunstdefinitionen, die Kunstfreiheit und die Handlungsformen im Kunstrecht werden erläutert. Prof. Dr. iur. Dr. phil. h.c. Peter M. Lynen ist Leiter des Zentrums für Internationales Kunstmanagement (CIAM) der Hochschule für Musik und Tanz Köln sowie Mitglied und Sekretar (Vizepräsident) der Klasse für Künste der NRW-Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Künste, Düsseldorf. Der Verfasser verbindet jahrzehntelange Praxiserfahrungen im Kunst- und Musikmanagement mit wissenschaftlichen und didaktischen Fähigkeiten als Hochschullehrer
    Description / Table of Contents: Kunstrecht als Disziplin -- Kunstfreiheit und Kunstdefinitionen -- Die drei Säulen der Kunstförderung -- Rechtliche Handlungsformen im Kunstrecht -- Materielles Recht und Verfahrensrecht.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-3-531-19001-3
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Nature of the Doctor-Patient Relationship : Health Care Principles through the phenomenology of relationships with patients (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400749399
    ISSN: 2211-8101
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 86 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mallia, Pierre The nature of the doctor-patient relationship
    RVK:
    CC 7260
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Physician and patient ; Interpersonal relations ; Physician-Patient Relations ; Philosophy, Medical ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Introduction -- CHAPTER 1 Critical overview of principlist theories -- 1.1 The ‘Four-Principles’ Approach -- 1.1.1 Theoretical basis -- 1.1.2 The Paradigm case -- 1.1.3 The doctor-patient relationship -- 1.2 Robert Veatch’s model of Lexical Ordering -- 1.3 The Principle of Permission -- CHAPTER 2 Phenomenological roots of Principles -- 2.1 The nature of the physician-patient relationship -- 2.1.1 Communication -- 2.1.2 Goals of Medicine -- 2.1.3 The ‘care’ in Health Care -- 2.1.4 The special bond -- 2.2 The Principle of Beneficence and virtue -- 2.3 Nonmaleficence -- 2.3.1 Patient authority or trust -- 2.3.2 Epistemology -- 2.4 Respect for Autonomy -- 2.4.1 A historical and epistemological perspective -- 2.4.2 A cultural appraisal -- 2.5 The dual nature of Justice -- 2.5.1 The Justice of society -- 2.5.2 Justice in Health-Care -- CHAPTER 3 Principles as a consequence of the relationship -- 3.1 Need for grounding principles in -- the relationship -- 3.2 Defining the ontological entities -- 3.3 The physician as an entity -- 3.3.1 Levelling-down of medical relationships -- 3.3.2 Being as Understanding -- 3.4 The Patient as entity - potential for being truly-autonomous -- 3.4.1 Dimensions of the illness experience -- 3.4.2 True Autonomy and the Authenticity of the relationship -- 3.5 Hermeneutics of the relationship -- 3.6 Phenomenology of the clinical encounter -- CHAPTER 4 The principle of Justice in a secular society -- 4.1 Being-with-one-another and the Golden Rule -- 4.1.1 Being-with-one-another -- 4.1.2 The Golden Rule -- 4.2 Common Values -- 4.2.1 Implications in Bioethics -- 4.2.2 The naturalistic fallacy -- 4.3 Common morality and Being-with-one-another -- 4.3.1 Confronting rival traditions -- 4.3.2 Being-with-one-another -- CHAPTER 5 The question of social construct theories Reappraising and phenomenology of the doctor-patient relationship.- 5.1 Post-modernism and medicine -- 5.2 Socially constructed theories -- 5.3 A philosophy based on the phenomenology of the relationship -- 5.4 The ontology of the patient, the doctor and the relationship -- 5.5 Truth concealed -- 5.6 The Clinical Encounter -- CHAPTER 6.- Conclusion -- BIBLIOGRAPHY.
    Abstract: This book serves to unite biomedical principles, which have been criticized as a model for solving moral dilemmas by inserting them and understanding them through the perspective of the phenomenon of health care relationship. Consequently, it attributes a possible unification of virtue-based and principle-based approaches
    Description / Table of Contents: The Natureof the Doctor-PatientRelationship; Contents; 1 Introduction; 2 Critical Overview of Principlist Theories; 2.1…The 'Four-Principles' Approach; 2.1.1 Theoretical Basis; 2.1.2 The Paradigm Case; 2.1.3 The Doctor--Patient Relationship; 2.2…Robert Veatch's Model of Lexical Ordering; 2.3…The Principle of Permission; 3 Phenomenological Roots of Principles; 3.1…The Nature of the Physician--Patient Relationship; 3.1.1 Communication; 3.1.2 Goals of Medicine; 3.1.3 The 'Care' in Health Care; 3.1.4 The Special Bond; 3.2…The Principle of Beneficence and Virtue; 3.3…Nonmaleficence
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.1 Patient Authority or Trust3.3.2 Epistemology; 3.4…Respect for Autonomy; 3.4.1 A Historical and Epistemological Perspective of Autonomy; 3.4.2 A Cultural Appraisal; 3.5…The Dual Nature of Justice; 3.5.1 The Justice of Society; 3.5.2 Justice in Health-Care; 4 Principles as a Consequence of the Relationship; 4.1…Need for Grounding Principles in the Relationship; 4.2…Defining the Ontological Entities; 4.3…The Physician as an Entity; 4.3.1 Levelling-Down of Medical Relationships; 4.3.2 Being as Understanding; 4.4…The Patient as Entity: Potential for being Truly-Autonomous
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.1 Dimensions of the Illness Experience4.4.2 True Autonomy and the ''Authenticity'' of the Relationship; 4.5…Hermeneutics of the Relationship; 4.6…Phenomenology of the Clinical Encounter; 5 Conclusion; Bibilography;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4939-9
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Telomere Territory and Cancer (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400746329
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 201 p. 42 illus., 26 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    RVK:
    XH 1500
    Keywords: Biomedicine ; Medicine ; Oncology ; Human genetics ; Gene expression ; Stem cells ; Evolution (Biology) ; Krebs ; Telomer
    Abstract: Timing, racing, combating, struggling and targeting is some actions through which cellular fate could be reflected and evaluated. Interaction between cell territory and environment occur during pre-embryonic, fetal development, and post-natal periods. What the researchers observe as the outcome of telomeres behavior is only the peak of an ice mountain within a stormy ocean. Cellular life depends on programmed behavior of telomeres, capable to surprise the cells. Telomeres provide an introduction to the history of our cells which govern the quality of life and status of health. Telomeres as the cooperative territory are capable of stabilizing the chromosomal territory. The status of telomeres reflects the key information, announcing the real age of individuals, and may be a valuable marker for prognosis and predicting cancer. Telomere territory is characterized with a multi-disciplinary manner. Therefore, this book is aimed to offer a wide range of chapters, hoping to be useful for diverse audiences, including hematologists-oncologists, radiotherapists, surgeons, cancer researchers, and all the sectors who affect the macro- and micro- environmental domains. Finally, telomeres are sensitive, cooperative, and trustable targets. It is worth to state that ‘telomeres are messengers of NATURE’, let’s to know them as they are
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4632-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Lexikon der soziologischen Werke (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658023775
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (823 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Lexikon der soziologischen Werke
    DDC: 301
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Dieses Lexikon liefert einen Überblick über die wichtigsten Werke der Soziologie. Es dokumentiert auf eine einzigartige Weise sowohl die Geschichte der Soziologie als auch ihre aktuellen Ansätze. 800 Bücher werden von 185 Rezensenten präzise dargestellt, so dass der Leser sich sehr schnell über Inhalt und Relevanz eines Werkes informieren kann. Es werden auch Klassiker aus der Ethnologie, Psychologie, Philosophie, Ökonomie und Politikwissenschaft besprochen, sofern diese Werke eine Relevanz für die Soziologie haben. Dieses Nachschlagewerk hat sich im neuen Jahrtausend zu einem führenden Handbu
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Vorwort; Vorwort Vorwort der Zweitauflage von 2013; Vorwort der Erstauflage von 2001; Abel, Wilhelm; Abendroth, Wolfgang; Acham, Karl; Acquaviva, Sabino Samale; Adorno, Theodor W.; Adorno, Theodor W.; Adorno, Theodor W.; Else Frenkel-Brunswik; Daniel J. Levinson; R. Nevitt Sanford; Alber, Jens; Albert, Hans; Alemann, Ulrich von; Heinze, Rolf G.; Alexander, Jeffrey C.; Alexander, Jeffrey; Allport, Gordon W.; Anders, Günther; Arendt, Hannah; Argyle, Michael; Argyle, Michael; Henderson, Monica; Aristoteles; Aron, Raymond; Arrow, Kenneth; Augustinus, Aurelius; Axelrod, Robert
    Description / Table of Contents: Baader, Franz vonBachofen, Johann Jacob; Bachrach, Peter; Backes, Gertrud M.; Clemens, Wolfgang; Baethge, Martin; Oberbeck, Herbert; Bahrdt, Hans-Paul; Bahrdt, Hans-Paul; Bandura, Albert; Bandura, Albert; Banfield, Edward Christie; Baran, Paul A.; Sweezy, Paul M.; Barthes, Roland; Bartlett, Sir Frederick Charles; Bastian, Adolf; Bateson, Gregory; Margaret Mead; Beauvoir, Simone de; Beauvoir, Simone de; Beck, Ulrich; Beck, Ulrich; Beck-Gernsheim, Elisabeth; Becker, Gary Stanley; Becker, Howard S.; Beckford, James A.; Behrendt, Richard Fritz; Bell, Daniel; Bellah, Robert N.
    Description / Table of Contents: Richard Madsen, William M. Sullivan, Ann Swidler, Steven M. TiptonBendix, Reinhard; Bendix, Reinhard; Bendix, Reinhard; Benedict, Ruth; Benedict, Ruth; Berger, Johannes; Berger, Peter Ludwig; Luckmann,Thomas; Bernstein, Basil; Bertalanffy, Ludwig von; Beyme, Klaus von; Blau, Peter Michael; Blau, Peter Michael; Blau, Peter Michael; Blauner, Robert; Bloch, Ernst; Bloch, Marc; Bloch, Marc; Blumer, Herbert; Boas, Franz; Boas, Franz; Böhle, Fritz; Rose, Helmuth; Boltanski, Luc; Chiapello, Ève; Boltanski, Luc; Thévenot, Laurent; Booth, Charles; Borkenau, Franz; Borkenau, Franz; Boserup, Ester
    Description / Table of Contents: Boserup, EstherBosl, Karl; Boudon, Raymond; Boulding, Kenneth Ewart; Bourdieu, Pierre; Bourdieu, Pierre; Bovet, Pierre; Bowlby, John; Boyden, Stephen; Bracher, Karl Dietrich; Braudel, Fernand; Braverman, Harry; Breuer, Stefan; Briefs, Goetz; Brinton, Crane; Bronfenbrenner, Urie; Brüggemann, Beate; Riehle, Rainer; Brunner, Otto; Buchanan, James M.; Buchanan, James M.; Tullock, G.; Bühl, Walter Ludwig; Burnham, James; Campanella, Tommaso Giovanni Domenico; Canetti, Elias; Caplow, Theodore; Carr-Saunders, Sir Alexander Morris; Cassirer, Ernst; Cassirer, Ernst; Cassirer, Ernst; Castells, Manuel
    Description / Table of Contents: Castoriadis, CorneliusCavalli-Sforza, Luigi Luca; Cavalli-Sforza, Francesco; Chagnon, Napoleon Alphonseau; Chalasinski, Józef; Child, Irvin Long; Whiting, John Wesley Mayhew; Childe, V. Gordon; Cicourel, Aaron V.; Cicourel, Aaron V.; Claessens, Dieter; Klönne, Arno; Tschoepe, Armin; Claessens, Dieter; Clark, Colin Grant; Clastres, Pierre; Clausewitz, Carl von; Cloward, Richard A.; Ohlin, Lloyd E.; Cohen, Albert K.; Cohen, Daniel; Cohen, Mark N.; Cole, Michael; Scribner, Sylvia; Coleman, James S.; Coleman, James S.; Collins, Randall; Collins, Randall; Collins, Randall; Comte, Auguste
    Description / Table of Contents: Cooley, Charles Horton
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    After Work Balance : Die Zeit danach (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658044213
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (41 p)
    Series Statement: essentials
    Parallel Title: Print version After Work Balance : Die Zeit danach
    DDC: 304.6
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Wir werden immer älter, und viele Menschen sind beim Eintritt in den Ruhestand noch fit und möchten eine Tätigkeit ausüben, die ihnen Freude bereitet und für andere Nutzen stiftet. Dietmar Goldammer klärt auf, regt an und mobilisiert
    Description / Table of Contents: Vorwort; Inhaltsverzeichnis; Kapitel 1; Einleitung; Kapitel 2; Was heißt eigentlich alt?; Kapitel 3; Die neue Arbeitswelt; Kapitel 4; Gewohnheiten im Alter; Kapitel 5; Ein Plan für das Alter; Kapitel 6; Das Netzwerk für den Ruhestand; Kapitel 7; Die individuelle Ausgangssituation; Kapitel 8; Die Verabschiedung; Kapitel 9; Angst vor dem Älter-Werden; Kapitel 10; Rückblick auf ein erfülltes Leben; Kapitel 11; Muss man Muße wieder lernen?; Kapitel 12; Verändert sich das Zusammenleben in der Partnerschaft?; Kapitel 13; Was kann ich besser als andere?; Kapitel 14
    Description / Table of Contents: Kann ich noch einmal etwas Neues anfangen?Kapitel 15; Standortüberlegungen; Kapitel 16; Welche Sportarten gibt es für Senioren?; Kapitel 17; Anregungen zur aktiven Gestaltung der Freizeit; Kapitel 18; Senioren und die Politik; Kapitel 19; Welche Vergünstigungen kann man als Senior nutzen?; Kapitel 20; Beispiele für Tätigkeiten der Senioren; Kapitel 21; Der Senioren-Service großer Städte (Beispiel Düsseldorf); Kapitel 22; Noch ein paar Statements; Kapitel 23; Die Perspektiven der Älteren
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Die Spätentscheider : Medieneinflüsse auf kurzfristige Wahlentscheidungen (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658026554
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (294 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Die Spätentscheider : Medieneinflüsse auf kurzfristige Wahlentscheidungen
    DDC: 302.23
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Wahlen werden in Deutschland mittlerweile maßgeblich von Personen entschieden, die sich erst kurz vor der Wahl auf eine Partei festlegen. Wer aber sind diese Spätentscheider und wie treffen sie ihre Wahl? Sind ihre Entscheidungen irrational und impulsiv oder im Gegenteil besonders gewissenhaft und daher verzögert? Welche Informationen ziehen sie heran und sind sie besonders anfällig für Medieneinflüsse? Um diese und weitere Fragen zu beantworten, haben die Autoren im Bundestagswahlkampf 2009 eine Mehr-Methoden-Studie durchgeführt. Darin verknüpfen sie eine repräsentative Panel-Befragung mit ei
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; 1 Spätentscheider und Medienwirkungen in Wahlkämpfen; 2 Hintergrund: Spätentscheider und Medienwirkungen; 2.1 Spätentscheider in den Theorien des Wahlverhaltens; 2.2 Spätentscheider, Kommunikation und Medienwirkungen; 2.3 Spätentscheider und die Medien im Wahlkampf: EinModell; 3 Untersuchungsdesign, Methoden und Analysestrategie; 3.1 Medieninhaltsanalyse; 3.2 Panel-Befragung; 3.3 Verknüpfung von Inhaltsanalyse und Panel-Befragung; 3.4 Realtime-Response-Analysedes TV-Duells; 4 Externe Einflüsse I: Wahlkampf und TV Duell; 4.1 Der Wahlkampf: Ereignisse, Themen, Positionen, Strategien
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Das TV-Duell: Merkel gegen Steinmeier5 Externe Einflüsse II: Die Medienberichterstattung; 5.1 Themen; 5.2 Parteien und Koalitionen; 5.3 Kanzlerkandidaten; 5.4 Meinungsklima; 5.5 Fazit: Die Medienberichterstattung im Wahlkampf 2009; 6 Die Wähler zu Beginn der heißen Wahlkampfphase - Eine Entscheidertypologie; 6.1 Das bisherige Verständnis von Spätentscheidern; 6.2 Identifikation und Definition von Spätentscheidern in dieser Studie; 6.3 Prädispositionen der Spätentscheider; 6.3.1 Soziodemographie, politisches Involvement und längerfristige politische Einstellungen
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.2 Unsicherheit bezüglich Themen, Parteien und Kandidaten6.3.3 Psychologische Prädispositionen und Emotionalität; 6.4 Fazit: Entscheidertypen im Wahlkampf 2009; 7 Kommunikationsverhalten und genutzte Medieninhalte; 7.1 Informationsquellen; 7.2 Mediennutzung; 7.3 Medienrepertoires und Segmentierung; 7.4 Gesuchte Informationen und Aufmerksamkeit bei der Mediennutzung; 7.5 Individuell genutzte Medieninhalte; 7.6 Fazit: Kommunikation und individuell genutzte Medieninhalte im Wahlkampf 2009; 8 Einflüsse des Tenorsder Medienberichterstattung auf wahlrelevante Urteile
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1 „Langfristige" Parteibindung: CDU oder SPD8.2 Meinungen über die Kanzlerkandidaten: Merkel und Steinmeier; 8.3 Kanzlerpräferenz: Merkel oder Steinmeier; 8.4 Einschätzungen der Sachkompetenz der Parteien: CDU und SPD; 8.5 Bewertungen möglicher Koalitionen: Große Koalition und Schwarz-Gelb; 8.6 Koalitionserwartungen: Große Koalition oder Schwarz-Gelb; 8.7 Fazit: Medientenor und wahlrelevante Urteile im Wahlkampf 2009; 9 Einflüsse des Tenors der Medienberichterstattung auf die Wahlentscheidung; 9.1 Wählbare Parteien; 9.2 Sicherheit, Zeitpunkt und kognitiver Aufwand für die Wahlentscheidung
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3 Wahlabsichten und tatsächliches Wahlverhalten9.4 Fazit: Medientenor und Wahlverhalten im Wahlkampf 2009; 10 Einflüsse des Umfangs der Medienberichterstattung auf Urteilskriterien und Wahlentscheidung (Priming); 10.1 Priming-Effekte auf die Meinungen über die Kanzlerkandidaten; 10.2 Priming-Effekte auf die Wahlabsicht; 10.3 Fazit: Priming-Effekteim Wahlkampf 2009; 11 Fazit: Medien und Wahlentscheidungen im Wahlkampf 2009; 11.1 Zusammenfassung; 11.2 Diskussion und Schlussfolgerungen; 12 Literatur
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9781461488118
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (162 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad
    DDC: 155.8
    Keywords: Ethnic Conflict Congresses ; Ethnopsychology Congresses ; Resilience, Psychological Congresses ; Sects ; Social aspects.. ; Iraq ; Religion ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The recent conflict in Iraq evolved from an insurgency against the interim U.S. led government (the Coalition Provisional Authority or CPA) into a sectarian civil war. Violence became widespread, especially in areas of Baghdad City such as Sadr City, Al Amiriyah, and Al Adhamiya. However, a number of multiethnic neighborhoods in Baghdad successfully prevented sectarian attitudes and behaviors from taking hold. Four communities stand out in their self-organization to prevent the escalation of violence. This book looks at what makes these communities different from other areas within Baghdad. In
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Abstract; Al-Nil Raises a Question; A Subtle Difference; Resilience and Conflict; Methods; Research Sites; Multicultural Iraq; Amiriyya; Adhamiyya; Dura; Sadr City; Zafaraniyya; Bayaa; Palestine Street; Al-Dhubat; Karada and Kuraiaat; Overview of the Book; References; 2 Violence and Extremism: Sources of Sectarian Violence in Baghdad; Abstract; Constructivism, Identity, and Conflict; Identity Conflict Through a Constructivist Lens; Group Identities in Iraq: Religious and Tribal; Conclusion; References; 3 Conflict Drivers; Abstract
    Description / Table of Contents: Global and Regional LevelsState-Level Sources; EliteIndividual Level; References; 4 Conflict Escalation: The Sharpening of Sectarian Identity; Abstract; Psychological Changes; Group Changes; Change in Communities; Conclusion; References; 5 Resilience: Conceptual Foundations; Abstract; What is Resilience?; Regime Characteristics in Baghdad Neighborhoods; Regime Resilience; Modeling Conflict Resilience; Conclusion; References; 6 Social Capital; Abstract; Defining Social Capital; Relations Between People; Crosscutting Bonds; Overlapping Ties; Relations with "the Community"; Sense of Community
    Description / Table of Contents: Citizen ParticipationPlace Attachment; Conclusion; References; 7 Information and Communication; Abstract; Sources: Leaders, Media and Working Trust; Spaces for Information-Sharing and Communication; Narratives; Conclusions; References; 8 Economic Resources; Abstract; Socioeconomic Status; SES and Resilience to Violence; Mechanisms of Influence; Trade Networks; Conclusions; References; 9 Community Competence; Abstract; Psychological Components of Community Competence; Collective Efficacy; Inward Orientation; Behavioral Components of Community Competence
    Description / Table of Contents: Linkages Between Regime Characteristics and Community CompetencyConclusions; References; 10 Looking Ahead; Abstract; Structural Versus Relational Approaches to Resilience; Strengthening Community Resilience; Spaces for Visioning; Collaborative, Crosscutting Projects; Supporting Peace Leaders; Beyond Baghdad?; Concluding Thoughts; References; Author Biography; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Kompetenz-Bildung : Soziale, emotionale und kommunikative Kompetenzen von Kindern und Jugendlichen (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658034405
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (405 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Kompetenz-Bildung
    DDC: 371.9
    Keywords: Interpersonal communication ; Social skills in children ; Social skills in adolescence ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Vor dem Hintergrund veränderter Bedingungen des Aufwachsens wird in der fachöffentlich geführten Bildungsdiskussion der Förderung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen von Kindern und Jugendlichen eine zunehmende Bedeutung beigemessen. Studien zeigen, dass die Förderung dieser Kompetenzen eine Verbesserung des sozialen Klimas in einer Klasse oder Schule sowie des Leistungsverhaltens zur Folge haben kann. Ist aber Schule der richtige Ort, um soziale, emotionale und kommunikative Kompetenz aufzubauen? Dieser Frage gehen die interdisziplinären Beiträge des Bandes nach, die f
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Einführung; Bildung, Kompetenz, Kompetenz-Bildung; 1 Bildungsfragen; 2 Kompetenzdiskurs; 3 Die Beiträge; Literatur; Begriffe - Möglichkeiten - Grenzen; Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen - ein komplexer Prozess; 1 Individuelle oder kollektive Fähigkeiten ?; 2 Soziale Kompetenz im Spannungsfeld von Gleichaltrigenkultur und schulischer Ordnung; 3 Familiäre und schulische Einflüsse; 4 Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen: ein komplexer Prozess; Literatur; Soft skills - destruktive Potentiale des Kompetenzdenkens; 1 Einleitend
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Was sind soft skills ?3 „Soft skills", „hard skills" und die viel missbrauchte Eisbergmetapher; 4 Die Attraktivität von Kompetenzmodellen: Kompetenzidealismus; 5 Zur Ideologie des Kompetenzdenkens; 6 „Replace the Negative with the Positive" - zur Moral der soft skills; Literatur; Entwicklungslinien in unterschiedlichen Kontexten; Veränderte Bedingungen des Aufwachsens - Jugendliche zwischen Moratorien, Belastungen und Bewältigungsstrategien; 1 Jugend als heterogene Lebensphase; 2 Die „Doppelrolle" der Familie; 3 Der wachsende Stellenwert der Schule; 4 Freizeit als Bildungszeit
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Peers als Bezugsgrößen im Jugendalter6 Problemverhalten und Entwicklungsprobleme; 6.1 Aufbau von Bewältigungsstrategien; 6.2 Bedingungen für Problembelastungen; 6.3 Deviantes und kriminelles Verhalten; 6.4 Drogenkonsum; 7 Fazit; Literatur; „Freizeit" und „Kultur" als Bildungsorte - Kompetenzerwerb über non-formale und informelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen; 1 Bildung ist mehr als Schule; 2 Bildung, Freizeit und kulturelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen - Hinweise und Vergewisserungen; 3 Kompetenzerwerb in informellen und non-formalen Praxen und Kontexten
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Lernen in informellen, nicht organisierten Bildungsräumen - Kinder und Jugendliche zwischen Freundschaftsnetzen und Medien3.2 Selbstbestimmte, institutionalisierte Bildungsräume: Lernmöglichkeiten in Vereinen, Jugendverbänden und über ehrenamtliches Engagement; 3.3 Non-formale, pädagogisch gerahmte Bildungsräume - Szenarien der einrichtungsbezogenen sozialen und kulturellen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit; 4 Blick für informelle und non-formale Formen des Kompetenzerwerbs sensibilisieren - Ausblick; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Der Wandel familialen Zusammenlebens und seine Bedeutung für die (schulischen) Bildungsbiographien der Kinder1 Familien heute sind auch alternative Familien; 2 Familien sind Scheidungsfamilien ?; 3 Kinder sind heute geschwisterlose Kinder ?; 4 Familie ist heute Mehrgenerationenfamilie; 5 Mütter sind heute berufstätige Mütter; 6 Familien sind auch arme Familien; 7 Familien sind mediatisierte Familien; 8 Familie ist Aushandlungsfamilie; 9 Eine kurze abschließende Bemerkung; Literatur; Frühkindliche Bildung - Basisbaustein der Bildungskarriere; 1 Zum Begriff „Frühkindliche Bildung"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Theorien über die Entwicklung des Zugangs zur Welt
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Soziale Milieus und Wandel der Sozialstruktur : Die gesellschaftlichen Herausforderungen und die Strategien der sozialen Gruppen (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531199467
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (413 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Series Statement: Sozialstrukturanalyse
    Parallel Title: Print version Soziale Milieus und Wandel der Sozialstruktur : Die gesellschaftlichen Herausforderungen und die Strategien der sozialen Gruppen
    DDC: 305
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Soziale, wirtschaftliche und politische Probleme haben sich in den vergangenen Jahren erheblich zugespitzt. Die Akteure sehen sich zunehmend zu Eigenverantwortung und Flexibilität im Erwerbs- und Bildungsbereich gefordert. Betroffen sind längst nicht mehr nur die unterprivilegierten sozialen Milieus. Deklassierungsängste erreichen inzwischen weite Teile der bislang gesicherten gesellschaftlichen Mitte. Der Band versammelt Beiträge, die die Entwicklungen und Umstellungen mit dem vieldiskutierten Konzept der sozialen Milieus untersuchen. Dieser Ansatz, der sowohl den Fortbestand sozialer Klassen
    Description / Table of Contents: Vorwort zur 2. Auflage; Inhaltsverzeichnis; EINFÜHRUNG; Zur Entwicklung des Konzeptes sozialer Milieus und Mentalitäten; 1. Besonderheiten der typenbildenden Mentalitäts- und Milieuanalyse; 2. Entwicklungswege und Forschungsschwerpunkte; 3. Zum Aufbau und zu den Beiträgen des Bandes; Literatur; Klasse und Milieu als Bedingungen gesellschaftlich-politischen Handelns*; 1. Zur Problemstellung; 2. Klassen und Klassenbewusstsein; 2.1 Die Arbeiterklasse als „revolutionäres Subjekt": Marx und der Marxismus; 2.2 Die Klassen im Kampf um die Führung der Nation: Max Weber
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Von der Klassenlage zum politischen Bewusstsein: Die Rolle der Mentalitäten2.4 Die Entstehung von Klassen als historischer Lernprozess; 3. Politische Orientierung und gesellschaftliche Milieus; 3.1 Politische „Lager" und „sozialmoralische Milieus"; 3.2 Milieupartei und Volkspartei; 3.3 Ein Milieu - mehrere Lager: Das Ruhrrevier; 3.4 Organisierte politisch-soziale Milieus: Aufbau und Untergang sozialistischer „Hochburgen" in Sachsen; 4. „Jenseits von Stand und Klasse". Milieus in der „pluralisierten Klassengesellschaft"
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Klassengesellschaft ohne Klassen. Die Milieukategorie in der neueren Sozialstrukturforschung4.2 Lebensstilmilieus als Rahmenbedingungen gesellschaftlichen Verhaltens; 4.3 Der Wandel der Sozialstruktur und die Entstehung neuer gesellschaftlich-politischer Milieus15; Literatur; DIAGNOSEN UND PERSPEKTIVEN; Soziale Milieus und die Ambivalenzen der Informations- undWissensgesellschaft; 1. Auf dem Weg zur „Lebensstilgesellschaft"; 2. Wissens-, Informations- und Netzwerkgesellschaft; 3. Konturen einer neuen „Klassenstruktur" in der Informationsgesellschaft
    Description / Table of Contents: 4. „Neue" Ungleichheiten in der Informations- und Wissensgesellschaft5. Paradoxien der Kommunikation und Ambivalenzen des Wissens; 6. Ungleichheiten durch „reflexives" Wissen; 7. Soziale Milieus und Lebensstile in der Wissensgesellschaft; Literatur; „Natürlich gibt es heute noch Schichten!" - Bilderder modernen Sozialstruktur in den Köpfen der Menschen; 1. Alltagserkennen und wissenschaftliches Erkennen; 2. Methode; 3. Das dominierende Bild in den Köpfen der sozialen Akteure - die geschichtete Gesellschaft
    Description / Table of Contents: 4. Fließende Übergänge - offizielle und inoffizielle Strukturen - zunehmende Polarisierung5. Schicht-Schemata; 6. Schichtkriterien; 7. Selbsteinstufung; 8. Bilanz: Vertikal-pluraler Doppelblick; Literatur; Die Metamorphosen der sozialen Frage in Zeiten desneuen Geistes des Kapitalismus; 1. Reflexive Kapitalismuskritik; 2. Im Treibhaus unternehmerischer Vernunft; 3. Menschen im Mahlstrom entfesselter Marktkonkurrenz; 4. Ein nicht wieder zu erkennendes Unternehmen; 5. Ein Ethos für „Herrenmenschen"; 6. Die neue Verwundbarkeit diesseits der sozialen Sicherungen; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Folgen gesellschaftlicher Entsolidarisierung
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mobilität und Identität : Widerspruch in der modernen Gesellschaft (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658030056
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (137 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Mobilität und Identität : Widerspruch in der modernen Gesellschaft
    DDC: 305.5094
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: ¿¿Ein deutlicher gesellschaftlicher Wandel vollzieht sich in den letzten Jahren in der zunehmenden Mobilität der Menschen. Hat man sich von der Vorstellung eines Wohn- und Arbeitsortes in unmittelbarer Nähe bereits seit längerem verabschiedet, so werden die Distanzen immer größer. Tägliche Pendelzeiten von über einer Stunde pro Fahrt sind keine Seltenheit mehr. Trotz der ständigen Zunahme dieser neuen Lebensform ist noch kein Wandel von Identitätskonstruktionen in Richtung einer „mobilen Identität"" festzustellen. Ganz im Gegenteil wird die lokale Identität durch eine immer höhere Mobilität no
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis; „Mobilität und Identität - Widerspruch in der modernen Gesellschaft?"; Ortsbezogene Identität Die kognitive Repräsentanz von Orten im Zeichen zunehmender Wohnmobilität; 1 Orte als Bestandteil des Selbstkonzeptes - Drei Perspektiven; 2 Ortsbezogene Identität zwischen Aneignung und Verhalten - Ein theoretisches Konzept; 3 Wohnmobilität und ihre Folgen für ortsbezogene Identität; 4 Fazit; Literaturverzeichnis; Weibliches Sozialkapital in Suburbia? Zum Zusammenhang zwischen Arbeitsmobilität und Ortsbindung im Berliner Umland; 1 Einleitung; 2 Methoden und Operationalisierung
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Konzeptionelle Grundlagen3.1 Ortsbindung; 3.2 Lokales Sozialkapital; 3.3 Voraussetzungen für die Bildung von Ortsbindung und lokalem Sozialkapital; 4 Empirische Ergebnisse; 4.1 Pendel-und Arbeitszeiten im Berliner Umland; 4.2 Genderspezifische Ortsbindungen von Männern und Frauen; 4.3 Sozialkapital der Bewohnerinnen; 5 Fazit; Literatur; Mobilität als relationale Aushandlung Ein Vergleich zwischen England und der Schweiz; 1 Einleitung; 2 Mobilität als sozialwissenschaftlicher Gegenstand; 3 Ausgangspunkte, Hypothesen und Operationalisierungen; 4 Datengrundlage, Fallauswahl und Methoden
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Pendelmobilitäten6 Umzugsmobilitäten; 7 Interdependente Mobilitäten; 8 Schlussfolgerungen; Literatur; Mobilität und Identität Eine theoretische und eine empirische Exploration am Beispiel multilokalisierter Akteure; 1 Mobilität und Wohnen: Multilokalität; 2 Die Bedeutung des Raumes in Form lokaler Identifikation.; 2.1 „Identifikation von" und „Identifikation mit"; 3 Mobilität, Multilokalität und Identifikation; 3.1 Mobilität und Identifikation durch Sozialisation; 3.2 Mobilität und Identifikation durch positive Bewertung
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Zwischenfazit: Identifikationskonstellationen bei Mobilität und Multilokalität1. Verlust der Ortsbindung; 2. Einseitige Stärkung der Ortsbindung; 3. Ortspolygamie; 4. Kosmopolitisierung; 5 Methodisches Vorgehen; 5.1 Rekrutierung, Datensatz, Samplezusammensetzung; 5.2 Operationalisierungen der eingehenden Merkmale; 6 Ergebnisse und Diskussion; 7 Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Sozialräumliche Auswirkungen neuer Verkehrsinfrastruktur Visp und der Lötschbergbasistunnel in der Schweiz; 1 Einleitung; 2 Raum und Mobilität; 3 Methoden; 3.1 Beobachtungen; 4 Sozialräumliche Analyse
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Ergebnisse und Beantwortung der FragestellungenLiteratur; AutorInnen
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Geburt und Familie : Zugänge zu impliziten Logiken des Paarerlebens (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658019938
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (247 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Geburt und Familie : Zugänge zu impliziten Logiken des Paarerlebens
    DDC: 304.630973
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Im Zeitraum der Geburt eines Kindes erleben Paare häufig spannungsvolle Irritationen und durchleben Such- und Transformationsprozesse auf der Ebene der Paarbeziehung. Julia Foltys untersucht das Erleben der werdenden Eltern im Spannungsfeld von Wunschbild und Praxis von Geburt in Verknüpfung mit dem „Modus der Herstellung familialer Gemeinschaft“. Die Autorin entwickelt auf der Grundlage des rekonstruktiven Verfahrens der dokumentarischen Methode eine innovative Gesprächsanalyse, die als „Paardiskussion“ den Erfahrungsraum der Paargemeinschaft bzw. Familie selbst ins Zentrum rückt
    Description / Table of Contents: Danksagung; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1 Einleitung; 1.1 Aufbau der Studie; 2 Familie; 2.1 Der Wandel von Familie vor dem Hintergrund gesamtgesellschaftlicher Individualisierungsprozesse; 2.1.1 Die vorindustrielle Gesellschaftsordnung; 2.1.2 Individualisierungsprozesse seit der Industrialisierung; 2.1.3 Fazit und Kritik; 2.2 Familie heute: eine pluralisierte Lebensform; 2.2.1 Geburtenrückgang; 2.2.2 Lebenserwartung; 2.2.3 Eheschließungen und Ehescheidungen; 2.2.4 Pluralisierung der Lebensformen; 2.2.5 Definition von Familie; 2.3 Der Wandel familialer Beziehungen
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1 Der Wandel im Geschlechterverhältnis2.3.2 Der Wandel intergenerationeller Familienbeziehungen; 2.3.3 Fazit; 3 Der Zeitraum der Geburt; 3.1 Der Aufstieg des Planungsdenkens; 3.2 Geburtshilfe in Deutschland zwischen der Orientierung an einer „sicheren" und an einer „natürlichen" Geburt; 3.2.1 Ein historischer Abriss der Geburtshilfe in Deutschland; 3.2.2 Die Bedeutung einer pluralisierten Geburtshilfe für die werdenden Eltern; 3.2.3 Kritische Aspekte der Zeit nach der Geburt; 4 Methodologie; 4.1 Die dokumentarische Methode; 4.2 Biographieforschung
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Implikationen für die Konzeptionalisierung von Familie und Paardiskussion5 Der Forschungsprozess; 5.1 Das DFG-Forschungsprojekt „Repräsentationen und Praktiken der Geburt in Familien, Institutionen der Geburtshilfe und Medien"; 5.2 Das Teilprojekt „Geburt in Familien"; 5.3 Das Dissertationsprojekt; 5.4 Auswahl des Samples; 5.5 Darstellung der empirischen Ergebnisse; 6 Fallbeschreibungen; 6.1 Familie Ohlau/Reese; 6.1.1 Das Schwangerschaftserleben; 6.1.2 Das Geburtserleben; 6.1.3 Das Erleben der ersten Zeit nach der Geburt; 6.2 Familie Meinzer; 6.2.1 Das Schwangerschaftserleben
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2.2 Das Geburtserleben6.2.3 Das Erleben der Zeit nach der Geburt; 7 Komparative Analyse; 7.1 Differenzbearbeitung zwischen den Partnern - Modus der Gemeinschaftsherstellung; 7.1.1 Familie Ohlau/Reese; 7.1.2 Familie Meinzer; 7.2 Bearbeitung von Bild-Praxis-Differenzen: Modus des Erlebens; 7.2.1 Familie Ohlau/Reese; 7.2.2 Familie Meinzer; 7.3 Vergleichsfälle; 7.3.1 Vergleichsfall Familie Greim/Struck; 7.3.2 Vergleichsfall Familie Galig; 8 Sinngenetische Typenbildung; 8.1 Typ 1: sphärenübergreifend körperlich-sinnliches Geburtserleben; 8.1.1 Untertyp 1a: Geburt als Ausnahmesituation
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1.2 Untertyp 1b: Klärung der Beteiligung beider Partner an der Geburt und visueller Zugang zum Geburtserleben8.2 Typ 2: Sphärenübergreifend technisch-mediales Geburtserleben; 8.3 Typ 3: Ambivalent-sphärengetrennt körperlich-sinnliches Geburtserleben; 9 Soziogenetische Typenbildung; 9.1 Zusammenhänge zwischen geschlechts und generationsspezifischen Erfahrungsräumen und der Familienorientierung; 9.2 Zusammenhänge zwischen dem Bildungsmilieu und der Familienorientierung; 9.3 Zusammenhänge zwischen der Geburtsorientierung und den spezifischen Erfahrungsräumen der Akteure
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.4 Zusammenhänge zwischen dem Modus des Erlebens und den spezifischen Erfahrungsräumen der Akteure
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Medienkommunikation in Bewegung : Mobilisierung †Mobile Medien †Kommunikative Mobilität (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531193748
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (309 p)
    Series Statement: Medien - Kultur - Kommunikation
    Parallel Title: Print version Medienkommunikation in Bewegung : Mobilisierung – Mobile Medien – Kommunikative Mobilität
    DDC: 302.2
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: ????In heutigen Gesellschaften stehen soziale, informationelle und räumliche Mobilität und digitale Kommunikationsmedien in einem engen Zusammenhang. Medien werden dabei nicht nur immer mobiler, sondern die Menschen verwenden sie auch zunehmend zum Zwecke kommunikativer Mobilität. Die vielfältigen Dimensionen individueller wie gesellschaftlicher Mobilitäts- und Mobilisierungsprozesse werden aus einer kommunikations- und mediensoziologischen Perspektive sowohl theoretisch als auch empirisch verortet. Dabei werden die Erträge bisheriger Forschungsansätze kritisch reflektiert und ein Blick
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einleitung; Mobilisierung, mobile Medien und kommunikative Mobilität aus kommunikations- und mediensoziologischer Perspektive; 1 Einleitung; 2 Begriffskritik; 3 Aktuelle Debatten; 4 Mobilkommunikation und -medien als Forschungsthemen: Die Beiträge dieses Buchs; Literatur; Theorien kommunikativer und medialer Mobilität; Doing Mobility. Menschen in Bewegung, Aktivitätsmuster, Zwischenräume und mobile Kommunikation; 1 Mobile Menschen und mobile Medien; 2 Öffentliche Räume und Menschen in Bewegung; 3 Mediennutzungen, Aktivitätsmuster und Zwischenräume
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Schlussbemerkungen: Medienrahmen und Kommunikation im öffentlichen RaumLiteratur; Mediatisierung, Mobilisierung und Individualisierung als Theorieansätze kommunikativer Mobilität; 1 Einleitung; 2 Mediatisierung; 3 Mobilisierung; 4 Individualisierung; 5 Mediatisierung, Mobilisierung und Individualisierung als Theorierahmen für Medienkommunikation und Mobilität; 5.1 Mediatisierung und Mobilisierung; 5.2 Mobilisierung und Individualisierung; 5.3 Mediatisierung und Individualisierung; 6 Kommunikative Mobilität als Forschungsperspektive auf Medien und Mobilität; 7 Fazit; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Wandel von Öffentlichkeit und RaumbezügenMobilisiert-mediatisierte Lebenswelten und der Wandel des öffentlichen Raums; 1 Einleitung; 2 Mobilisiert-mediatisierte Lebenswelten; 3 Multilokalität als Alltagspraxis; 4 Zum Wandel des öffentlichen Raums; 5 Versuch einer Theoretisierung von Öffentlichkeitspraktiken im Wandel; 6 Fazit: Öffentlichkeitsanbindungen in mobilisiert-mediatisierten Lebenswelten; Literatur; Räume und Kontexte öffentlicher Kommunikation; 1 Einleitung; 2 Raumtheoretische Grundlegungen für kommunikationswissenschaftlicheÖffentlichkeitsstudien
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Institutionalisierung und Koppelung von Raum und Öffentlichkeit4 Veränderungen der öffentlichen Kommunikation: Innovationen und Problemdruck; 5 Conclusio; Literatur; Wo bist du? Der geographische Raum im Zeitalter mobiler Kommunikationsmedien; 1 Einleitung: Mobilität und die Frage der Verortung; 2 Räumliche Bezüge und mobile Medien; 3 Methodische Anlage der Studie; 4 Forschungsergebnisse; 4.1 Nutzungs- und Verortungsweisen von mobilen Kommunikationsmedien; 4.2 Mobilkommunikation und Bewegung im Raum; 4.3 Individuelles Verhältnis zum geographischen Raum
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Gewandeltes Raumverständnis durch mobile Mediennutzung5 Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Wandel von sozialen Beziehungen und Vergemeinschaftungen; Mediennutzer als mobile kommunikative Inseln. Ergebnisse eines qualitativen Experiments; 1 Vom stationären Rezipienten zum mobilen Mediennutzer; 2 Konsequenzen der mobilen Mediennutzung: Inattentional Blindness (IB); 3 „Haben Sie den Clown gesehen?" - Ergebnisse eines qualitativen Experiments; 4 Weiterführende Forschungsnotwendigkeiten: Mediennutzer als mobile kommunikative Inseln; 4.1 Soziale Arrangements im öffentlichen Raum
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Medien und ihre Nutzungskontexte: Art und Abstufung der Aufmerksamkeit
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Beneficial Ownership : Basic and Federal Indian Law Aspects of a Concept (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783319016856
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (178 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Beneficial Ownership : Basic and Federal Indian Law Aspects of a Concept
    DDC: 301
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: The hunt for beneficial owners is on. Like an elephant, the beneficial owner hides in the jungle of complex legal structures, waiting to be discovered by eager prosecutors. But what lies behind this metaphor? What is a Beneficial Owner? Is beneficial ownership a right? What does this right encompass? What is the value of this right compared to other rights? And if beneficial ownership is not a right, is it still a legally relevant relation? How do courts, namely the U.S. Supreme Court deal with the concept? When do Anglo-American judges and European scholars resort to the concept?This book a
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents; Table of Cases; Table of Statutes; Introduction; The Term Beneficial Ownership; 1. About Elephants; a) ``I Know Them When I See Them´´; aa) The Problem with Metaphors; bb) Seeing Elephants v. Seeing Beneficial Owners; cc) Conclusion; b) The Blind Men and the Elephant; aa) The Story; bb) Symbolism for Approaches; 2. Elements of the Analysis; a) Perceptions; aa) What Are Perceptions?; bb) Some Perceptions of Property; cc) Conclusion; b) Functionality; c) History; d) Experience; aa) As a Method; bb) Some Theoretical Aspects of Experience; cc) Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: e) Languageaa) Roman Law and Old Common Law; bb) Legal Interest in Nineteenth Century Germany; cc) Conclusions; f) Law and Economics; 3. The Term Beneficial Ownership in the Crosshairs; a) English Version; aa) Beneficial; bb) Ownership; cc) The Combination of Beneficial and Ownership; b) German Version; aa) Wirtschaftlich; bb) Berechtigung; cc) The Combination of Wirtschaftlich and Berechtigung; c) Italian and French; aa) L´ayant droit/l´avente diritto; bb) Economique/Economico; cc) L´ayant droit économique and l´avente diritto economico; d) Observations and Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: aa) Regarding Beneficial, Economic, Economico, Wirtschaftlichbb) Regarding Ownership, Droit, Diritto, Berechtigung; cc) Degree of Abstraction; Beneficial Ownership as a Concept; 1. About Concepts in General; 2. HOHFELD´s Fundamental Legal Conceptions; a) Significance of the Conceptions; b) The Conceptions; aa) The Four Hohfeldian Incidents; bb) First and Second Order Incidents; cc) Correlatives; dd) Opposites; ee) Conceptual Definition of Beneficial Ownership; 3. Conclusion; Common Law, Equity, and Beneficial Ownership; 1. Law, Anti-Law,; 2. and Non-Law (Fig.2); 3. Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: Beneficial Ownership in U.S. Supreme Court Decisions1. Hellenic Lines, Ltd. v. Rhoditis; 2. Tooahnippah (Goombi) v. Hickel; 3. United States v. Algoma Lumber Co. et al.; 4. United States v. Shoshone Tribe of Indians; 5. Handy and Harman v. Burnet; 6. Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railway Company v. Des Moines Union Railway Company; 7. Montana Catholic Missions v. Missoula County; a) Significance; b) Facts; c) Definition of Beneficial Ownership; aa) Right to Enjoyment; bb) Recognized by Law; cc) Enforceable by Beneficial Owner or Someone on Her Behalf
    Description / Table of Contents: dd) Separation of Beneficial Use and Legal Titleee) Beneficial Ownership Ad Interim; 8. Wells v. Savannah; 9. Union Stock Yards Bank v. Gillespie; 10. Drexel v. Berney; 11. Laughlin v. Mitchell; a) Contract: Lease; b) Inheritance: Will; c) Equity: Trust; d) Beneficial Ownership; 12. National Bank v. Insurance Company; 13. Summary Findings; Fundamental Aspects of Federal Indian Law; 1. Introductory Note on the Moral Aspect; 2. Why Federal Indian Law?; 3. Cultural Differences; a) Stereotypes; b) Lyng v. Northwest Indian Cemetery; c) Indian Status; d) Diversity and Uniformity
    Description / Table of Contents: 4. Law, Property, and Language
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Praxishandbuch Interkulturelles Management : Der andere Weg: Affektives Vermitteln interkultureller Kompetenz (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658003289 , 9783658003296
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Praxishandbuch Interkulturelles Management : Der andere Weg: Affektives Vermitteln interkultureller Kompetenz
    DDC: 303.4182105
    Keywords: Intercultural communication ; Management ; Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Dieses umfassende Praxishandbuch befähigt den Leser, zukünftig interkulturelle Trainings inhaltlich und ablauforganisatorisch kulturadäquat zu konzipieren, durchzuführen und nachzubereiten. Und es vermittelt interkulturelle Kompetenz, im Besonderen fördert es ein vertieftes Verständnis für die Vielfalt von Kulturen und die Bereitschaft, sich selbst in einem lebenslangen Lern- und Persönlichkeitsentwicklungsprozess zu sehen. Die erfahrenen Autoren vermitteln die Inhalte fundiert, anschaulich und praxisorientiert. ?
    Description / Table of Contents: Vorwort; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1 Einführung in das Handbuch und in die Thematik; 1.1Das westliche Paradigma in einer globalisierten Welt; 1.2Warum ist das Interkulturelle so wichtig?; 1.3Für wen ist dieses Handbuch gedacht?; 1.4Wie ist dieses Handbuch aufgebaut?; 1.5Wie können Sie sich dieses Handbuch für Ihre Zwecke erschließen?; 2 Interkulturelle Kompetenz und affektiver Zugang: die andere Sichtweise; 2.1Was ist Kultur?; 2.2Eine allgemein verständliche Begriffsdefinition von Kultur für unsere Arbeit; 2.2.1Kernwerte und Lebensstile; 2.3Die Arbeit mit Nationalkulturen: Reduktion der Komplexität
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4Was ist interkulturelle Kompetenz?2.5Auswirkungen interkultureller Differenzen in der Kommunikation und im Handeln?; 2.6Vom kognitiven zum affektiven Lehren und Lernen; 2.6.1Kognitives und affektives Lernen; 2.6.2Was heißt dies für den Aufbau dieses Buches?; 2.6.3Die Besonderheit der Trainer- und Moderatorensituation; 2.7Die innere Haltung als Basis eines affektiven Zugangs zu anderen Kulturen; 2.7.1Zwei richtige Sichtweisen auf Afrika; 2.7.2Der positive Weg als Schlüssel zum Beziehungsaufbau; 2.8Der erste Schritt: sich der Wirkung der eigenen Kultur auf andere bewusst werden
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.9Die Erkennung von Stereotypen als Basis für die Selbsterkenntnis2.10Zusammenfassung: Wie können Kommunikationsbarrieren überwunden werden?; Bibliografie; 3 Der Zugang zu anderen Kulturen: Wege und Möglichkeiten; 3.1Geschichte, geografische und klimatische Rahmenbedingungen; 3.1.1Prägung durch historische Erfahrungen; 3.1.1.1Beispiel Deutschland: die jüngere Geschichte; 3.1.1.2Beispiel Belgien und Schweiz: Fremd- und Selbstbestimmung bei ähnlicher Bevölkerungsstruktur; 3.1.2Topografische und klimatische Rahmenbedingungen; 3.2Die Hofstede-Indizes; 3.2.1Machtdistanz und Individualität
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1.1Umgang mit unterschiedlicher Machtdistanz am Beispiel Russland und DeutschlandWas heißt das zusammengefasst?; 3.2.1.2Verhaltensweisen in der Praxis bei unterschiedlicher Machtdistanz; 3.2.1.3Auswirkungen der Individualität vor dem Hintergrund unterschiedlicher Machtdistanz: Beispiel Frankreich und Deutschland; 3.2.2Weitere Hofstede-Indizes: Maskulinität und Vermeidung von Unsicherheit; 3.2.2.1Maskulinität; 3.2.2.2Vermeidung von Unsicherheit; 3.3ICH und WIR: zwei gegensätzliche Weltbilder; 3.3.1Das westliche Weltbild des ICH
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2Die ganzheitliche WIR-Betrachtungsweise Asiens und islamischer Kulturen3.3.3Der Einfluss des WIR und ICH auf das Geschäftsleben; 3.3.4Welches Weltbild ist besser?; 3.3.5Recht oder richtig?; 3.3.6Informationsvermittlung und Planung der Zusammenarbeit in WIR-Kulturen am Beispiel Asien; 3.4Beziehungsqualität und Beziehungsnetze; 3.4.1Die Dimension Zeit; 3.4.2Gemeinsinn und Gemeinwohl; 3.4.3Gesicht geben und wahren als integraler Bestandteil von Beziehungen in WIR-Kulturen; 3.4.4Schuld eingestehen und Scham annehmen; 3.4.5Eigen- und Fremdbestimmung, Ausmaß soziale Kontrolle
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5Erziehung und Kommunikationsverhalten
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mobile Learning : Potenziale, Einsatzszenarien und Perspektiven des Lernens mit mobilen Endgeräten (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531194837
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (275 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Mobile Learning : Potenziale, Einsatzszenarien und Perspektiven des Lernens mit mobilen Endgeräten
    DDC: 302.23
    Keywords: Mobile communication systems in education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Mobile Learning - das Lernen mithilfe von kleinen drahtlosen Geräten wie Smartphones - etabliert sich als Möglichkeit, selbstgesteuerte Lernprozesse in tägliche Arbeitsabläufe einzubinden, ortsunabhängig Zugang zu Informationen, sozialen Netzwerken oder Lern- und Arbeitswerkzeugen zu haben bzw. auf kleine Lerneinheiten für einen situativen Abruf zugreifen zu können. Unternehmen und (Hoch-)Schulen haben das Potential mobilen Lernens entdeckt. In diesem Sammelband wird das Thema Mobile Learning grundlegend behandelt. Zudem berichten die AutorInnen aus Wirtschaft und Hochschule anhand von Praxi
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; 1 Einleitung; Literatur; Teil I Lernen, Arbeiten und Forschen mit Mobile Learning; 2 Vom E-Learning zum Mobile Learning - wie Smartphones und Tablet PCs Lernen und Arbeit verbinden; 2.1 Einleitung: Mobilität als Schlüsselwort unserer Gesellschaft; 2.2 Mobile Learning als Lernform einer mobilen Gesellschaft; 2.3 Mobile Learning als Erweiterung des E-Learning; 2.4 Kontextualisierung; 2.5 Mobiles Lernen im Kontext der Arbeit; 2.6 Die Notwendigkeit von Theorien des Lernens und der Bildung im mobilen Zeitalter; 2.7 Ausblick; 2.8 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Mobiles Lernen - Systematik, Theorien und Praxis eines noch jungen Forschungsfeldes3.1 Einleitung; 3.1.1 Mobiles Lernen ist …; 3.1.2 Mobiles Lernen will …; 3.2 Die Systematik der medienpädagogischen und erziehungswissen-schaftlichen Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.1 Kontexte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.2 Argumentative Bezugspunkte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.3 Handlungspraktiken der an der Mobile Learning-Diskussion Beteiligten schaffen die Legitimationsbasis der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.4 Struktur des Wissenschaftsprozesses der Mobile Learning-Diskussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Theorien, Konzepte und Modelle der Mobile Learning-Diskussion3.3.1 Lernende im Zentrum: Theoretischer und konzeptioneller Rahmen der Sozio-kulturellen Ökologie Mobilen Lernens; 3.3.2 „Lernergenerierte Contexte" als Ressource, Konstruktionsprozess und Möglichkeitsraum; 3.4 Praxis des Mobilen Lernens im Kontext Schule; 3.4.1 Drei Ansätze bei der Implementierung von Mobilem Lernen in die (Unter-richts-) Praxis; 3.4.2 Öffnung des Schulunterrichts; 3.4.3 Gegensätze, Widersprüche und Brüche; 3.4.4 Lehrende als Moderatoren
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.5 Lernendenperspektive als Chance, Strukturen im Lernprozess zu revidieren3.5 Abschließende Bemerkungen; 3.6 Literatur; 4 Innovation und Trends für Mobiles Lernen; 4.1 Einleitung; 4.2 Expertenstudie zum Mobilen Lernen; 4.3 Trends und Zukunftsperspektiven Mobilen Lernens; 4.3.1 Smartphones als persönliche Lernportale; 4.3.2 Ortsbasierte und kontextsensitive Lerntechnologie; 4.3.3 Mobile Augmented Reality; 4.3.4 Tangible Interfaces und Smart-Objects; 4.3.5 Die Cloud für unterbrechungsfreies Lernen; 4.3.6 Mobile Lernspiele; 4.3.7 Situierte Ambient Displays; 4.4 Diskussion und Ausblick
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Literatur5 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.1 Einleitung; 5.2 Annäherung an informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.1 Informelles Lernen; 5.2.2 Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.3 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.3 Lerntheoretische und didaktische Bezugspunkte zum informellen Mobilen Lernen; 5.3.1 Lerntheoretische Bezugspunkte informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.2 Didaktisch-methodische Ansatzpunkte; 5.3.3 Anwendungsbeispiele informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.4 Möglichkeiten zur Erfassung und Beschreibung informellen MobilenLernens; 5.4 Kritische Betrachtungen; 5.5 Fazit; 5.6 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Teil II Mobile Learning an Universitäten
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Praxiswissen Online-Marketing : Affiliate- und E-Mail-Marketing, Suchmaschinenmarketing, Online-Werbung, Social Media, Online-PR (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658033125
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (356 p)
    Edition: 4th ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Praxiswissen Online-Marketing
    DDC: 302.2
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Die wichtigsten Instrumente für profitables Marketing im Internet Marketing-Instrumente erfolgreich nutzen und sinnvoll kombinieren Mit aktuellen Links, ergänzenden Videos und Screencasts im Blog zum Buch
    Description / Table of Contents: Vorwort; Vorwort zur 3. Auflage; Vorwort zur 2. Auflage; Vorwort zur 1. Auflage; Inhaltsverzeichnis; EinführungDefinition, Begriffsabgrenzung undEntwicklung des Online-Marketings in denvergangenen 17 Jahren; 1 Einführung; 1.1 Was Sie von diesem Buch erwarten dürfen - und was nicht; 1.2 Definition und Abgrenzung; 1.2.1 Der Begriff „Online-Marketing"; 1.2.2 Der Blickwinkel der traditionellen Marketing-Autoren; 1.2.3 Die Betrachtung modernerer Autoren; 1.2.4 Die Betrachtung der aktuellen Literatur; 1.2.5 Ableitung und Definition; 1.2.6 Weitere Begriffsabgrenzungen in Kurzform
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.7 Einordnung: Web 2.0, Social-Media-Marketing und Mobile-Marketing1.3 Entwicklung des Online-Marketings in Zahlen; 1.3.1 Affiliate-Marketing; 1.3.2 E-Mail-Marketing; 1.3.3 Keyword-Advertising; 1.3.4 Online-Werbung; 1.3.5 Suchmaschinenoptimierung; Affiliate-Marketing Hintergründe, Funktionsprinzipien und Formen des Affiliate-Marketings; 2 Affiliate-Marketing; 2.1 Affiliate-Marketing: Hintergrundwissen; 2.2 Definition und Begriffsabgrenzung; 2.3 Funktionsprinzip; 2.3.1 Tracking-Methoden; 2.4 Unterschiedliche Formen des Affiliate Marketings; 2.5 Marktentwicklung in Zahlen
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.6 Affiliate-Marketing in der Praxis2.7 Provisionsmodelle: Benötigt wird ein Anreiz; 2.7.1 Pay per Sale; 2.7.2 Pay per Lead; 2.7.3 Pay per Click; 2.7.4 Pay per E-Mail; 2.7.5 Lifetime-Provision; 2.7.6 Zwei-oder mehrstufige Vergütungsmodelle; 2.7.7 Mischformen; 2.8 Werbemittel; 2.8.1 Text-Links; 2.8.2 Banner und Buttons der verschiedensten Arten und Größen; 2.8.3 Produktdatenbank als CSV-Datei; 2.8.4 Produktdatenbank über XML-Schnittstelle; 2.8.5 Smart-Content; 2.8.6 Formulare; 2.8.7 Video-Ads; 2.8.8 Page-Peel; 2.8.9 Keywords; 2.9 Affiliate-Marketing über Netzwerke
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.9.1 Welches Netzwerk ist das Richtige?2.9.2 Meta-Netzwerke; 2.10 Affiliate-Marketing in Eigenregie; 2.10.1 Partnerprogramm-Software; 2.10.2 Juristische Aspekte; 2.10.3 Praxisbeispiele für Vermarktung in Eigenregie; 2.11 Vermarktungsstrategie für das Partnerprogramm; 2.11.1 Anbieter von Partnerprogramm-Verzeichnissen; 2.11.2 Die wichtigsten deutschsprachigen Verzeichnisse; 2.12 Zusammenfassung; E-Mail-Marketing Hintergründe, Formen undProblemstellungen des E-Mail-Marketings; 3 E-Mail-Marketing; 3.1 E-Mail-Marketing: Hintergrundwissen; 3.2 Definition und Begriffsabgrenzung
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Stand-Alone-Kampagne/E-Mailings3.2.2 Newsletter; 3.2.3 Newsletter-Sponsorship; 3.2.4 Enhanced Newsletter; 3.2.5 E-Mail-Responder; 3.3 Problemstellungen des E-Mail-Marketings; 3.3.1 Das Spamfilter- und Blacklist-Problem; 3.3.2 Inhaltliche und konzeptionelle Problemstellungen; 3.3.3 Technische Problemstellungen; 3.3.4 Juristische Problemstellungen; 3.4 Der Markt in Zahlen; 3.5 E-Mail-Marketing in der Praxis; 3.5.1 Was wird für professionelles E-Mail-Marketing benötigt?; 3.6 Versendetag und -Frequenz; 3.7 Besonderheiten des E-Mail-Marketings für Online-Shops
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.8 Dienstleister oder Eigenregie?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Youth identities, localities, and visual material culture : making selves, making worlds (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400748576 , 9781283698078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose 25
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose
    DDC: 306.43
    Keywords: Educational sociology ; Educational anthropology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Kritik der Moralisierung : Theoretische Grundlagen - Diskurskritik - Klärungsvorschläge für die berufliche Praxis (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531194639
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (291 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Perspektiven kritischer Sozialer Arbeit
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Kritik der Moralisierung
    DDC: 306.3
    RVK:
    CC 7260
    RVK:
    DS 4100
    RVK:
    DS 4000
    Keywords: Social service -- Moral and ethical aspects ; Consumers - Attitudes ; Consumption (Economics) ; Social ethics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialarbeit ; Ethik ; Moral
    Abstract: Inhalt; Einleitung; Moral im öffentlich-politischen Diskurs; Etablierung von Ethik; Ethik und Moral in der Sozialen Arbeit; Zum Konzept des Aufsatzbandes; Zu den einzelnen Beiträgen; Literatur; Teil 1 Theoretische Grundlagen; Sozialphilosophie und Ethik; 1 Setzt die Philosophie des Sozialen eine Ethik voraus?; 2 Wie ist es zu der Überzeugung gekommen, daß die Sozialphilosophie normativ zu sein habe, eine Ethik also voraussetze?; 3 Grundlagen einer nicht-normativen Sozialphilosophie; 4 Die Sozialphilosophie des kommunikativen Textes
    Abstract: 5 Stellung der Ethik im Rahmen der Sozialphilosophie des kommunikativen Textes6 Politische Konsequenzen; 7 Fazit; Literatur; Ethik und Foucault - Die Frage nach „Technologien des Selbst"; 1 „Ethik" als historisches Untersuchungsfeld; 2 Weshalb Technologien ?; 3 Sorge, Mut, Freiheit; 4 Antike Moralität und Ethik heute; Literatur; „Warnung vor der Moral" - zur Funktionsbestimmung von Moral und Ethik in der Theorie Luhmanns; Was lässt sich durch die systemtheoretische Perspektive gewinnen?; Begriffliche und theoretische Voraussetzungen; Moral in funktional differenzierten Gesellschaften
    Abstract: Moral in den alltäglichen InteraktionenMoral innerhalb von Funktionssystemen; Moralisierung als sozio-politische Irritation; Funktion von Ethik; Folgerungen; Literatur; Moral als psychische Disposition? Ein sozialpsychologischer Blick; 1 Einstellungs-Syndrome als Wertesysteme; 2 „Meine" Gruppe und ich - Chancen und Risiken; 3 „Gehorsam" - ein Wert?; 4 „Verführung" - leicht gemacht?; 5 Vor jeder Verführung: das Entstehen von Moral; 6 Beiträge der sozial-kognitiven Lernpsychologie; 7 „Gefühlte" Moral - die bessere Erklärung?; 7.1 Moralische Helden; 7.2 Das Moralgefühl der Kinder
    Abstract: 7.3 Der Moral-Instinkt7.4 Emotionale Grundbedürfnisse - gut, sie zu haben, schlecht, sie zu verletzen; 8 Zusammenfassung und Schlussfolgerungen; Literatur; Letzte Werte, höherer Sinn - Zur paradoxen Artikulation von Moral in modernen Gesellschaften; 1 Küche und Moral; 2 Symbolische Sinnwelten - die wissenssoziologische Konzeption von Moral; 3 Moderne - Moralisierungsdistanz und Remoralisierung; 3.1 Veralltäglichung von Moral; 3.2 Individualität als letzter letzter Wert; 3.3 Soziale Welten und die Konkurrenz kollektiver Identitäten; 4 Schlussbemerkungen; Literatur
    Abstract: Teil 2 Reflexionen des Verhältnisses von Ethik und Sozialer ArbeitChristliche Ethik in einer säkularen Gesellschaft - Kontroversen um Konzepte der Wohlfahrt und Sozialen Arbeit; 1 Christlichkeit in einer säkularen Gesellschaft; 1.1 Gesellschaftlicher Einfluss der Kirchen; 1.2 Erwartungen und Interessen des Staates und der Bevölkerung; 2 Christlichkeit und moderner Sozial-/Wohlfahrtsstaat; 2.1 Christliche Wohlfahrtsmodelle; 2.2 Christliche Ethik und Sozialarbeit heute; Literatur; ‚Moralisieren' und die Grenzen der Moral; 1 Eine kurze Geschichte des ‚moralisieren'
    Abstract: 2 Das Herstellen von Unbedingtheit
    Abstract: Die Zunahme von Themen, die in öffentlichen Debatten als ‚ethisch' markiert werden und eine generelle Verankerung von Ethik in sozialen Berufen verweisen auf einen Reflexionsbedarf, der die Bedeutung und den Umfang des Begriffs zum Gegenstand einer kritischen Auseinandersetzung macht. In den Beiträgen dieses Bandes werden Bestimmungen von Ethik und Moral vorgenommen, die auch und vor allem kritische Perspektiven auf Praktiken einer Moralisierung der Gesellschaft insgesamt und auch der Ausbildungs- und Berufspraxis Sozialer Arbeit eröffnen. Neben Ausführungen zu theoretischen Grundlagen und ein
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge : Volunteered Geographic Information (VGI) in Theory and Practice (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400745872 , 1283633833 , 9781283633833
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 396 p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crowdsourcing geographic knowledge
    RVK:
    RB 10104
    Keywords: Geography ; Data mining ; Geographical information systems ; Geography ; Data mining ; Geographical information systems ; Geoinformation ; Open Innovation
    Abstract: Chapter 1: VGI, the exaflood, and the growing digital divide: Daniel Sui, Michael Goodchild, & Sarah Elwood -- Section I. Public Participation and Citizen Science -- Chapter 2: Understanding the value of VGI: Rob Feick & Stéphane Roche -- Chapter 3: To volunteer or to contribute locational information? Towards truth in labeling for crowd-sourced geographic information: Francis Harvey -- Chapter 4: Metadata squared: Enhancing its usability for volunteered geographic information and the GeoWeb: Barbara Poore & Eric Wolf -- Chapter 5: Situating the adoption of VGI by government: Peter Johnson & Renee Sieber -- Chapter 6: When Web 2.0 meets public participation GIS (PPGIS): VGI and spaces of participatory mapping in China: Wen Lin -- Chapter 7: Citizen science and volunteered geographic information: Overview and typology of participation: Muki Haklay -- Section II. Geographic Knowledge Production and Place Inference -- Chapter 8: Volunteered geographic information and computational geography: New perspectives: Bin Jiang -- Chapter 9: The evolution of geo-crowdsourcing: Bringing volunteered geographic information to the third dimension: Marcus Goetz & Alexander Zipf: Chapter 10: From volunteered geographic information to volunteered geographic services:Jim Thatcher -- Chapter 11: The geographic nature of Wikipedia authorship -- Darren Hardy -- Chapter 12: Inferring thematic places from spatially referenced natural language observations: Benjamin Adams & Grant McKenzie -- Chapter 13: “I don't come from anywhere:" Exploring the role of VGI and the Geoweb in rediscovering a sense of place in a dispersed Aboriginal community: Jon Corbett -- Section III. Emerging Applications and New Challenges -- Chapter 14: Potential contributions and challenges of VGI for conventional topographic base-mapping programs: David Coleman -- Chapter 15: “We know who you are and we know where you live:”A research agenda for web demographics: T. Edwin Chow -- Chapter 16: Volunteered geographic information, actor-network theory, and severe storm reports: Mark Palmer & Scott Kraushaar -- Chapter 17: VGI as a compilation tool for navigation map databases: Michael Dobson -- Chapter 18: VGI and public health: Possibilities and pitfalls: Christopher Goranson, Sayone Thihalolipavan, & Nicolás di Tada -- Chapter 19: VGI in education: From K-12 to graduate studies: Thomas Bartoschek & Carsten Keßler -- Chapter 20: The prospects VGI research and the emerging fourth paradigm: Sarah Elwood, Michael Goodchild, & Daniel Sui
    Abstract: The phenomenon of volunteered geographic information is part of a profound transformation in how geographic data, information, and knowledge are produced and circulated. By situating volunteered geographic information (VGI) in the context of big-data deluge and the data-intensive inquiry, the 20 chapters in this book explore both the theories and applications of crowdsourcing for geographic knowledge production with three sections focusing on 1). VGI, Public Participation, and Citizen Science; 2). Geographic Knowledge Production and Place Inference; and 3). Emerging Applications and New Challenges. This book argues that future progress in VGI research depends in large part on building strong linkages with diverse geographic scholarship. Contributors of this volume situate VGI research in geography’s core concerns with space and place, and offer several ways of addressing persistent challenges of quality assurance in VGI. This book positions VGI as part of a shift toward hybrid epistemologies, and potentially a fourth paradigm of data-intensive inquiry across the sciences. It also considers the implications of VGI and the exaflood for further time-space compression and new forms, degrees of digital inequality, the renewed importance of geography, and the role of crowdsourcing for geographic knowledge production
    Description / Table of Contents: Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: Volunteered Geographic Information, the Exaflood, and the Growing Digital Divide; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 VGI and the Exaflood of Big Data; 1.3 VGI in Shrinking and Divided World; 1.4 Overview of Chapters in This Book; 1.5 Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge: From the Death of Distance to the Revenge of Geography; References; Part I: Public Participation and Citizen Science; Chapter 2: Understanding the Value of VGI; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Defining Value and the Value of Geographic Information
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Approaches to Defining the Value of Authoritative GI2.4 What Is Different About Valuing VGI?; 2.4.1 VGI Data Characteristics; 2.4.2 Use and Production Processes; 2.5 From Value Chain to Lego Blocks: VGI as Extensible and Reusable Data Components; 2.6 Summary and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: To Volunteer or to Contribute Locational Information? Towards Truth in Labeling for Crowdsourced Geographic Information; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Volunteering or Contributing: An Important Distinction for Crowdsourced Data; 3.3 Ethical and Legal Issues; 3.4 Truth in Labeling
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Towards Truth in Labeling for Crowdsourced Geographic Information3.6 Summary and Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Metadata Squared: Enhancing Its Usability for Volunteered Geographic Information and the GeoWeb; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Background; 4.2.1 The Library Model of Metadata; 4.2.2 The Map Model of Metadata; 4.2.3 Interactive, Embedded Metadata in the Digital Age; 4.3 Formal and Informal Discussions of Metadata; 4.3.1 "Let's Save Metadata": Neogeographers; 4.3.2 Metadata and Meaning: GIScience; 4.4 Metadata Top Down; 4.4.1 Usability; 4.4.2 Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Findability and the Separation of Metadata from Data4.4.4 Metadata Bottom Up or Metadata Squared; 4.4.5 OpenStreetMap; 4.4.6 Metadata Types; 4.4.7 Evaluation; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Situating the Adoption of VGI by Government; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of VGI in Government; 5.3 Adoption of VGI in Government; 5.3.1 The Costs of VGI; 5.3.2 The Challenge for Governments of Accepting Non-expert Data; 5.3.3 The Jurisdiction of VGI; 5.4 Situating Government to Adopt VGI; 5.4.1 Increasing Formalization of VGI Collection; 5.4.2 Encourage Collaboration Across Governments
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.3 Investigating the Participation Potential of VGI5.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: When Web 2.0 Meets Public Participation GIS (PPGIS): VGI and Spaces of Participatory Mapping in China; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Theoretical Background; 6.2.1 VGI and PPGIS: Convergences and Divergences; 6.2.2 Subjectivities and DigiPlaces; 6.2.3 Mode of Information and Spatial Narratives; 6.3 Dynamics of Chinese Citizenship; 6.4 VGI Practices in China; 6.4.1 Map of Relief Support and Needs in the Sichuan Earthquake; 6.4.2 Map of China's Mining Accidents; 6.4.3 Map of Sale/Rent Ratio; 6.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4587-2
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Der Zerfall des Publikums : Nachrichtennutzung zwischen Zeitung und Internet (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783658036454
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (297 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Der Zerfall des Publikums : Nachrichtennutzung zwischen Zeitung und Internet
    DDC: 301
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: ​Übersicht über den Nachrichtenwandel von der Zeitung zum Internet: Aufriss, Analyse, zukünftige Entwicklung〈br〉Neue empirische Studie mit exklusiven Befunden〈br〉Konsequenzen für die Praxis mit Empfehlungen für die Zukunft
    Description / Table of Contents: Vorwort des Herausgebers; Vorwort; Inhaltsübersicht; Inhaltsverzeichnis; Abbildungsverzeichnis; Tabellenverzeichnis; Abkürzungsverzeichnis; 1. Die Tageszeitung unter Druck; 1.1 Strukturkrise statt Werbeflaute; 1.1.1 Auflagenschwund und schrumpfende Vielfalt; 1.1.2 Wegbleibende Kohorten; 1.1.3 Verluste in allen Bildungsgruppen; 1.1.4 Sinkende Reichweiten; 1.2 Warum die Leser fehlen; 1.2.1 Bei der Zeitung sinkt die Nutzungsdauer; 1.2.2 Onlineavantgarde und Verzichtende; 1.2.3 Neue Motive gegenüber neuen Medien; 1.2.4 Das Image der Tageszeitung; 1.2.5 Junge Leser haben sich abgewandt
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Zeitungsverlage und neue Medien1.3.1 Die Verlage investieren ins Internet; 1.3.2 Weblogs, Podcasts, Videoblogs; 1.3.3 Nutzerbeteiligung durch neue Medien; 1.3.4 Ökonomische Crossmedia-Strategien; 1.3.5 Journalistische Angebote sind im Netz nachrangig; 1.4 Wer in Zukunft noch liest; 1.4.1 Der Durchschnittsleser; 1.4.2 Geschlechterspezifische Unterschiede; 1.4.3 Qualitätszeitungen entbehrlich für Hochgebildete; 1.4.4 Boulevardpresse bleibt stabil; 1.4.5 Die Nutzer ändern ihr Verhalten; 1.4.6 Das Interesse am eigenen Umfeld; 1.4.7 Die Vorlieben der jungen Generation; 2. Die Leser im Wandel
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Fragmentierung, Crossmedia und Konvergenz2.1.1 Der Zerfall des Publikums; 2.1.2 Konvergenz und Verzahnung; 2.1.3 Medienübergreifende Nutzungsmuster; 2.1.4 Transmediale Nutzungsstile; 2.1.5 Rezeptionsmodalitäten; 2.1.6 Ersatz oder Ergänzung?; 2.2 Alte und neue Bedürfnisse der Nutzer; 2.2.1 Die Israel-Studie und ihre Nachfolger; 2.2.2 Unbewusste Navigation durch Erregung und Neugier; 2.2.3 Medienroutinen durch Urteilsheuristiken und Schemata; 2.2.4 Stimmungsabhängige Mediennutzung; 2.2.5 Exkurs: Nutzen in der Mikroökonomie; 2.3 Mediennutzung als Ausdrucksform; 2.3.1 Von Schichten zu Milieus
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Die Erlebnisgesellschaft und ihre Mediennutzung2.3.3 Lebenswelten und Sinusmilieus; 2.3.4 Typen der Mediennutzung; 2.3.5 Situationsübergreifende Medienmenüs; 2.4 Zwischenbefund und Schlussfolgerungen; 2.4.1 Crossmedia-Angebote und ihre Nutzung; 2.4.2 Situationsgebundene Mediennutzung; 2.4.3 Messung situationsgebundener Mediennutzung; 3. Methodik; 3.1 Forschung zwischen zwei Kulturen; 3.1.1 Wissenstransfer zwischen Forschenden und Praktikern; 3.1.2 Forschungsperspektive und Forschungsplan; 3.1.3 Nutzen für Praktiker und Forschende; 3.2 Das Triangel-Modell
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Theorien-, Forscher- und Datentriangulation3.2.2 Methoden-Mix; 3.2.3 Integriertes Paneldesign; 3.3 Die Grounded Theory; 3.3.1 Kodieren; 3.3.2 Sampling; 3.3.3 Kategorisieren; 3.3.4 Memoing; 3.3.5 Die Grounded Theory in der Praxis; 3.4 Wissenschaftstheoretischer Hintergrund; 3.4.1 Die induktive Sicht und Kritik; 3.4.2 Die deduktive Sicht und Kritik; 3.4.3 Intellektuelle Stile und Objektivitätskriterien; 3.4.4 Synthese: der pragmatische Ansatz; 4. Instrumente; 4.1 Problemzentrierte Interviews; 4.1.1 Konzeption des Leitfadens; 4.1.2 Stichprobe; 4.1.3 Durchführung
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.4 Transkription der Interviews
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbuch Gewerkschaften in Deutschland (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531194950
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (774 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Handbuch Gewerkschaften in Deutschland
    DDC: 306.3
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: In Politik und Gesellschaft der Bundesrepublik zählen die Gewerkschaften - auch jenseits der Arbeitsbeziehungen - zu den wichtigsten politischen Akteuren. In diesem grundlegenden Handbuch, das führende Gewerkschaftsforscher versammelt, findet sich ein Überblick, der den nationalen und internationalen Forschungsstand zu den Gewerkschaften abbildet. In diesem Sinne werden die wesentlichen Daten, Fakten, Akteure, Entwicklungen, Politikfelder und Perspektiven der deutschen Gewerkschaften inklusive ihres internationalen Umfeldes systematisiert und in eine Gesamtschau gebracht. Dabei beleuchten die
    Description / Table of Contents: Zu diesem Band; Inhalt; Gewerkschaften im Transformationsprozess: Herausforderungen, Strategien und Machtressourcen; 1 Einleitung; 2 Gewerkschaften als Gegenstand wissenschaftlicher Forschung; 3 Gewerkschaftliche Macht und heterogene Arbeitsmärkte - drei Welten deutscher Gewerkschaften; 4 Gewerkschaften im deutschen Modell; 5 Umbau der Gewerkschaftslandschaft; 6 Verbetrieblichung - Mehrebenensystem und Gegnerkrise; 7 Gewerkschaften zwischen deutscher Einheit und Europäisierung; 8 Organisation, Funktionäre und Strategiefähigkeit; 9 Fazit; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Mitgliederoffensive: kopernikanische Wende in der deutschen Gewerkschaftspolitik1 Mitgliederoffensive; 2 Strukturveränderungen: Macht organisieren; 3 Zusammenfassung; Teil I Geschichte und Funktionen der Gewerkschaften; Geschichte der deutschen Gewerkschaften: Phasen und Probleme; 1 Theorien über die Funktionen der Gewerkschaften; 1.1 Gewerkschaftstheorien vor dem Zweiten Weltkrieg; 1.2 Gewerkschaftstheorien in der Bundesrepublik; 2 Der Weg der Gewerkschaften von der Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts bis 1933; 2.1 Etappen der Entwicklung zwischen 1848 und 1890
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Expansion der Gewerkschaften im Vierteljahrhundert vor 19142.3 Die Gewerkschaften in Weltkrieg und Revolution; 2.4 Aufschwung und Niedergang in der Weimarer Republik; 3 Wiederaufbau und Wandel der Gewerkschaften nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg; 3.1 Organisatorische Weichenstellungen und Entwicklungen nach 1945; 3.2 Programmatische Kurskorrekturen und der Kampf um die Mitbestimmung; 3.3 Gewerkschaftliche Arbeitsmarktpolitik in Konjunktur und Krise bis 1990; 4 Erwartungen und Enttäuschungen im vereinten Deutschland; Literaturverzeichnis
    Description / Table of Contents: Funktionen und Funktionswandel der Gewerkschaften in Deutschland1 Einführung in das Thema; 2 Was sind Gewerkschaften und welche Funktionen haben sie ?; 3 Funktion und Funktionswandel der deutschen Gewerkschaften; 3.1 Die deutschen Gewerkschaften in der sozialwissenschaftlichen Diskussion; 3.2 Gewerkschaften im Modell Deutschland - eine Zusammenfassung; 4 Ausblick: Stehen die deutschen Gewerkschaften vor einem neuen Funktionswandel, gar einem Funktionsverlust ?; Literatur; Gewerkschaften in Westeuropa; 1 Späte Entwicklung, frühe Politisierung; 1.1 Industrie- statt Berufsgewerkschaften
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 Direktionsrecht und industrielle Demokratie2 Politische Bewegung, organisatorische Einheit und politische Macht; 3 Die Institutionalisierung von Gewerkschaften und Lohnverhandlungen; 3.1 Der Erste Weltkrieg; 3.2 Angehaltene Demokratisierung und die Stabilisierung des kapitalistischen Europa; 3.3 Polarisierung zwischen Faschismus und sozialer Demokratie; 3.4 Das Ende des Zweiten Weltkriegs; 4 Das Aufbrechen des Nachkriegskonsenses: Inflation, Neo-Korporatismus und Restrukturierung; 4.1 1968: Die Rückkehr der Militanz der Arbeiterbewegung
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Neo-Korporatismus und Gewerkschaftsbewegungen in den siebziger Jahren
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Sustainable Livelihood Approach : A Critique of Theory and Practice (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400762688
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 190 p. 36 illus) , digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    QW 500
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography
    Abstract:  We all view the ubiquitous term ‘sustainability’ as a worthwhile goal. But how can we apply the principles of sustainability in the real world, at the sharp end of communities in developing nations where income insecurity is the troubled norm? This volume provides some practical answers, explaining the precepts of the ‘sustainable livelihood approach’ (SLA) through the case study of a microfinance scheme in Africa. The case study, centered around the work of the Catholic Church’s Diocesan Development Services organization, involved an SLA implemented over two years designed in part to help enhance its existing microfinance operation through closer links between local communities and international donors. The book’s central conclusion is that we must move beyond the concept of sustainable livelihood itself, with its in-built polarities between developed and developing nations, and embrace a more global notion of ‘sustainable lifestyle’; a more nuanced and inclusive approach that encompasses not just how we make a sustainable living, but how we can live sustainable lives
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Livelihood Approach; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Sustainability and Sustainable Livelihoods; 1.1 The Future of Sustainability; 1.2 The Multiverse of Sustainability; 1.3 Practicing Sustainability; 1.4 Structure of the Book; 2 The Theory Behind the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The SLA Framework; 2.3 Definitions of SLA; 2.4 Origins of SLA; 2.5 Capital in SLA; 2.6 Vulnerability and Institutional Context; 2.7 Representation Within SLA; 2.8 The Attractions and Popularity of SLA; 2.9 Critiques of SLA
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.10 SLA for Evidence-Based Intervention2.11 Conclusion; 3 Context of the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Governing an African Giant; 3.3 Economic Development in Nigeria; 3.4 A Kingdom Discovered; 3.5 Igala Livelihoods; An Overview; 3.6 The Diocesan Development Services in Igalaland; 3.7 New Pastures; 3.8 Choice of Villages for the SLA; 3.9 Conclusions; 4 The Sustainable Livelihood Approach in Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sample Households; 4.3 Human Capital: The Households; 4.3.1 Household M1 (Headed by the Village Chief)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 Household M2 (Headed by a Senior Igbo)4.3.3 Household M3(Igbo Community Leader); 4.3.4 Household M4 (farmer and business man); 4.3.5 Household E1 (Farmer and Vigilante); 4.3.6 Household E2(Madaki of Edeke); 4.3.7 Household E3 (Farmer and Fisherman); 4.3.8 Household E4 (Madaki in Edeke); 4.4 Natural Capital: Land and Farming; 4.5 Natural Capital: Trees; 4.6 Social Capital: Networks; 4.7 Physical Capital: Assets for Income Generation; 4.8 Financial Capital: Household Budgets; 4.9 Vulnerability and Institutional Contexts; 4.10 Did SLA Succeed?; 4.11 Conclusions; 5 Livelihood into Lifestyle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 How SLA?; 5.3 Where SLA?; 5.4 Transferability of SLA; 5.5 Livelihood into Lifestyle; 5.6 Conclusions; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6268-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-6268-8
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    HBZ
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Social Morphogenesis (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus) , digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    MR 5800
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Abstract: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved.  This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data.  Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-6128-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-6128-5
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    HBZ
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Digitale Jugendkulturen (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531184869
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (322 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation
    Series Statement: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation Ser. v.2
    Parallel Title: Print version Digitale Jugendkulturen
    DDC: 305.235
    Keywords: Internet and teenagers.. ; Mass media and youth.. ; Youth ; Social life and customs.. ; Digital media ; Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Jugend ist gegenwärtig nicht nur Offline-Jugend, sondern zugleich Online-Jugend. Auch die in diesem Band im Mittelpunkt stehenden jugendkulturellen Vergemeinschaftungsformen, in deren Rahmen sich Jugendliche selbst darstellen, mit ihrer Identität auseinandersetzen und soziales Miteinander von Gleichgesinnten finden können 'sei es HipHop, Gothic, Techno oder sei es neuerdings die Emo- oder Visual Kei-Szene' sind heute nicht mehr denkbar ohne ihre Erweiterungen im Internet. Insofern sind Jugendkulturen immer auch digitale Jugendkulturen. Freilich nutzen nicht alle jugendkulturellen Gesellunge
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Vorwort; Digitale Jugendkulturen; 1. Mediatisierung und Nutzung digitaler Medien durch Jugendliche; 2. Die sozialwissenschaftlichen Diskurse über digitale Jugendkulturen; 3. Abschied von der Netz-Generation; Literatur; I. Kommunikative und kreative Praktiken; Jugendkulturen im Zeitalter der Mediatisierung; 1. Einleitung; 2. Kommunikative Konstitution von Jugendkulturen; 3. Jugendkulturen in mediatisierten Sozialwelten; 4. Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Vom Hipster zum Black Metal: True vs. Fake auf YouTube und flickr; 1. YouTube-Research: Clipkategorien
    Description / Table of Contents: 2. POSER, CASTING und DATING: Suchbegriffe für die jugendliche Selbstdarstellung auf YouTube?3. Jugendliche Bild-Gesten als Starpose: Gaahl=Satan; 4. Jugend-Bilder im Web 2.0 als mimetische Selbstdarstellung; Quellen; Anhang; Wenn Spieler Spiele umschreiben; 1. Einleitung; 2. Produktive Umgangsformen mit digitalen Medien; 3. Das Phänomen »Modding«; 4. Modding als manipulative Medienpraxis; 5. Total Conversions am Beispiel Counter-Strike; 6. Soziale Organisation von TC-Teams; 7. Ein Ausblick auf die manipulative Jugend; Literatur; Bildhandeln und Bildkommunikation in Social Network Sites
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Neue bunte Bilderwelten?2. Jugendkulturelle Selbststilisierung gestern und Bildhandeln heute; 3. Die Plastizität des digitalen Bilds; 4. Bilder im (digital) vernetzten, »gläsernen« Archiv; 5. Multilokale Präsenz und Erweiterung des Blick- und Aktionsfeldes; 6. Bilder als Kristallisationspunkt jugendkultureller Vergemeinschaftung; 7. Zusammenfassung und Fazit; Literatur; Zu den Künsten einer JugendKunstOnline: FanArt; 1. Der aktuelle FanArt Turn; 2. Animexx, deviantART und MangaCarta; 3. Dockingstation Kunst; 4. Zur »Kunstnähe« von FanArt; 4.1 Zeichner, Artwork und Galerien
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Kategorien, Stile und Bewertungskriterien5. Zu »genuinen« Fan-Künsten; 5.1 Collaborations und Oekaki; 5.3 Tutorials und Wettbewerbe; 6. Zu Ambivalenzen von FanArt & Kunst; Literatur; Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 1. Einführung; 2. Medien - Nutzung - Konvergenz; 3. KünstlerInnen in den Medien als Ereignis und Media Spectacle; 4. Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 5. Konklusionen; Literatur; II. Identitätssuche und Selbstsozialisation; Digitale Medien - Jugendkulturen - Identität
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Leben im Plural: Identitätsbildung in der Multioptionsgesellschaft2. Jugendund Medienkulturen als Bühnen der Selbstdarstellung; 3. Identitätsinszenierungen im Internet - zwei Fallbeispiele; 3.1 Online-Rollenspieler: Imaginierte Ich-Inszenierungen und Identitätsexperimente in virtuellen Räumen; 3.2 Zwischen Individualität und Konformität: Selbstdarstellungen und soziale Beziehungen auf Facebook; 4. Fazit: Identitätsarbeit online als performative Selbstinszenierung; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Girls Media - Feminist Media: Identitätsfindung, Selbstermächtigung und Solidarisierung von Mädchen und Frauen in virtuellen Räu
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Religion and Place : Landscape, Politics and Piety (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400746855
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 222 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Religion and place
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    BE 2240
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Religion (General) ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Religion ; Ort ; Politik
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4685-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Medienkultur : Die Kultur mediatisierter Welten (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783531199337
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (179 p.))
    Edition: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Series Statement: Medien - Kultur - Kommunikation
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Hepp, Andreas, 1970 - Medienkultur
    DDC: 302.2
    RVK:
    AP 14350
    Keywords: Mass media -- Social aspects ; Mass media ; Electronic books ; Medienkultur
    Abstract: Warum Mediatisierung? Ein Vorwort zur 2. Auflage; Vorwort zur 1. Auflage; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1 Einleitung; 2 Was Medienkultur (nicht) ist; 2.1Omnipräsent, aber keine Massenkultur; 2.2Mediumsgeprägt, aber keine Leitmedienkultur; 2.3Wirklichkeitskonstitutiv, aber kein Integrationsprogramm; 2.4Technisiert, aber keine Cyberkultur; 3 Mediatisierung von Kultur; 3.1Mediatisierung und Vermittlung; 3.2Medienlogik(en); 3.3Mediatisierung als Metaprozess und Panorama; 3.4Kommunikation und die Prägkräfte der Medien; 4 Medienkultur als die Kultur mediatisierter Welten; 4.1Medienkultur als Konzept
    Abstract: 4.2Mediatisierte Welten4.3Netzwerke der Kommunikation und des Sozialen; 4.4Kommunikative Figurationen; 5 Vergemeinschaftungen heutiger Medienkulturen; 5.1Lokalität und Translokalität; 5.2Territorialisierung und Deterritorialisierung; 5.3Deterritoriale Vergemeinschaftungen; 5.4Mediatisierte subjektive Vergemeinschaftungshorizonte; 6 Medienkultur erforschen; 6.1Theorien entwickeln; 6.2De-zentrieren; 6.3Muster bestimmen; 6.4Transkulturell vergleichen; 7 Ausblick; Literatur; Stichwortregister; Personenregister
    Abstract: Was heißt es für unsere Kultur, wenn wir durch Mobiltelefone überall erreichbar sind? Was bedeutet es kulturell, wenn alles Wichtige im Fernsehen verhandelt wird? Wie ändern sich unsere Vergemeinschaftungen, wenn wir zunehmend über das Social Web vernetzt sind? Welche Folgen hat all das für den Wandel unserer Kultur, Alltagswelt und Gesellschaft? Fragen wie diese kumulieren in dem Begriff der „Mediatisierung"", der zu einem Schlüsselkonzept der internationalen Diskussion um Medien geworden ist. Das Buch führt in diese Diskussion anhand vieler Beispiele ein. Dabei wird deutlich, dass Medienkult
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Data-based Decision Making in Education : Challenges and Opportunities (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400748163 , 1283634147 , 9781283634144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 216 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Data-based decision making in education
    RVK:
    DF 2500
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Decision making ; Data mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining
    Abstract: In a context where schools are held more and more accountable for the education they provide, data-based decision making has become increasingly important. This book brings together scholars from several countries to examine data-based decision making. Data-based decision making in this book refers to making decisions based on a broad range of evidence, such as scores on students assessments, classroom observations etc.This book supports policy-makers, people working with schools, researchers and school leaders and teachers in the use of data, by bringing together the current research conducted on data use across multiple countries into a single volume. Some of these studies are best practice studies, where effective data use has led to improvements in student learning. Others provide insight into challenges in both policy and practice environments. Each of them draws on research and literature in the field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1 Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Will This Book Help You?; 1.3 Organization of Chapters; References; Chapter 2 Data-based Decision Making: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Broadening Our Understanding of Data; 2.3 Why Data?; 2.3.1 The Nature of Effective Teaching and School Leadership; 2.3.2 Evidence of Improvements in Student Learning and Achievement; 2.4 The Process of Using Data; 2.5 How Data Can be Used; 2.6 Reflection Questions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 Analysis and Discussion of Classroom andAchievement Data to Raise Student Achievement3.1 Introduction: Context Description; 3.2 Why Decision-Making Using Data Requires Linking Achievement Patterns to Classroom Practices; 3.3 The Overall Intervention Model in Three Clusters; 3.4 Gains in Achievement; 3.5 Analysis and Discussion of Data; 3.5.1 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Achievement Data; 3.5.2 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Observation Data; 3.5.3 Linking Student Achievement to Classroom Observations; 3.6 Enablers and Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.7 Conclusions and Next Steps3.8 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 4 From ``Intuition''- to ``Data''-based Decision Making in Dutch Secondary Schools?; 4.1 Introduction: Context Description; 4.2 Two Stories of Data-based Decision Making; 4.2.1 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:School Level; 4.2.2 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:Classroom Level; 4.2.3 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:School Level; 4.2.4 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:Classroom Level; 4.3 Supporting and Hindering Factors; 4.4 Possible Effects and Side Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Conclusion and Discussion4.6 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 5 Professional Attitudes to the Use of Data in England; 5.1 Introduction and Background; 5.2 Research Questions and Research Base; 5.3 Selecting and Recruiting the Participating Schools; 5.4 Collection of Data; 5.5 Discussion of Findings; 5.5.1 Use of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data; 5.5.2 Teachers' Understanding of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data and Confidence in Their Skills to Access, Utilise and Interpret Data; 5.5.3 The Impact of Training and Continuing Professional Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Management, Analysis and Interpretation of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: Who Does Whatand Who Should Do What in Schools?5.5.5 The Rationale for Collecting Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: What Teachers Perceive It To Be and What They Consider It Should Be; 5.6 Summary and Conclusion; 5.7 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 6 Approaches to Effective Data Use: Does One Size Fit All?; 6.1 Introduction: Context; 6.2 Data Dissemination and Data Use: How the One Influences the Other; 6.3 Research Design and Methodology; 6.3.1 The Feedback System; 6.3.2 Sample
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.3 Instruments and Data Collection
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4816-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Virtue Ethics and Human Enhancement (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400756724 , 1283908972 , 9781283908979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 85 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Fröding, Barbro Virtue ethics and human enhancement
    RVK:
    CC 7264
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This book shows how pressing issues in bioethics - e.g. the ownership of biological material and human cognitive enhancement - successfully can be discussed with in a virtue ethics framework. This is not intended as a complete or exegetic account of virtue ethics. Rather, the aim here is to discuss how some key ideas in Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, when interpreted pragmatically, can be a productive way to approach some hot issues in bioethics. In spite of being a very promising theoretical perspective virtue ethics has so far been underdeveloped both in bioethics and neuroethics and most discussions have been conducted in consequentialist and/or deontological terms
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 1; THE PROBLEM -- CHAPTER 2; THE GOOD LIFE -- CHAPTER 3; THE BIOLOGICAL OBSTACLES -- CHAPTER 4; ARISTOTLE’S VIRTUES AND HOW TO ACQUIRE THEM -- CHAPTER 5; EXAMPLES OF USEFUL CAPACITIES -- CHAPTER 6; CRITIQUE OF VIRTUE ETHICS -- CHAPTER 7; THREE ENHANCEMENT METHODS -- CHAPTER 8 ; CONCLUSION.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5672-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Imagination of Science in Education : From Epics to Novelization (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400753921 , 1283910292 , 9781283910293
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVIII, 240 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DP 4600
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Schüler ; Imagination
    Abstract: Researchers agree that schools construct a particular image of science, in which some characteristics are featured while others end up in oblivion. The result is that although most children are likely to be familiar with images of heroic scientists such as Einstein and Darwin, they rarely learn about the messy, day-to-day practice of science in which scientists are ordinary humans. Surprisingly, the process by which this imagination of science in education occurs has rarely been theorized. This is all the more remarkable since great thinkers tend to agree that the formation of images - imagination - is at the root of how human beings modify their material world. Hence this process in school science is fundamental to the way in which scientists, being the successful agents in/of science education, actually create their own scientific enterprise once they take up their professional life.One of the first to examine the topic, this book takes a theoretical approach to understanding the process of imagining science in education. The authors utilize a number of interpretive studies in both science and science education to describe and contrast two opposing forces in the imagination of science in education: epicization and novelization. Currently, they argue, the imagination of science in education is dominated by epicization, which provides an absolute past of scientific heroes and peak discoveries. This opens a distance between students and today’s scientific enterprises, and contrasts sharply with the wider aim of science education to bring the actual world of science closer to students. To better understand how to reach this aim, the authors offer a detailed look at novelization, which is a continuous renewal of narratives that derives from dialogical interaction. The book brings together two hitherto separate fields of research in science education: psychologically informed research on students’ images of science and semiotically informed research on images of science in textbooks. Drawing on a series of studies in which children participate in the imagination of science in and out of the classroom, the authors show how the process of novelization actually occurs in the practice of education and outline the various images of science this process ultimately yields.
    Description / Table of Contents: Imagination of Science in Education; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education; Part I Epics of Science in Science Education; Chapter 1: The Heroes of Science; Science Curricula and Students' Images of Scientists; Representations of Scientists in Textbooks; Case 1: Louis Pasteur; Narratives, Identity, and Scientific Practice; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Common Structures in the Representation of Scientists; Principles of Semiotic Analysis; Deletion of Lives and Works; Case 2: Mendel's Laws; Case 3: Darwin's Voyage
    Description / Table of Contents: Production of Heroic ImagesSo What?; Chapter 2: What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing; Scientists and Cartesian Graphs; Ethnographic Background; Semiological Model of Scientists' Graph Reading; Segmenting Inscriptions: From It to Signifier; Hermeneutic Reading: From Signifier to "Natural Object"; Transparent Reading: Fusion of Signifier and "Natural Object"; Tracking Water; Trajectories: Between Natural Object, Signifiers, and It; The Making of Heroes; Part II A Need for Novelized Images of Science; Chapter 3: Science as One Form of Human Knowing; Multiculturalism Versus Universalism
    Description / Table of Contents: A Need for a Different EpistemologyTEK and Science as Forms of Human Knowledge; Producing Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Applying Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Toward a Dialogic Conception of the TEK-Science Relation; Chapter 4: Science as Dynamic Practice; Genomics as a Case of the Dynamics of Science; Capturing the Dynamics of Science; Definitions of Scientific Literacy and the Dynamics of Science; Scientific Literacy as Set of Cognitive Objectives; Scientific Literacy as Individually Constructed Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Scientific Literacy as an Emergent Feature of Collective Human ActivityCollective Activity and Students' Agency in Genomics Education; Toward Novelization in Genomics Education; Part III Toward Novelization in/of Science Education; Chapter 5: Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Struggle for Access to the Collective Water Grid; The Birth of a Concept; Repeated Re/definition; Standards Cannot Capture Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Rethinking the Nature of Knowledge and Scientific Literacy; Novelizing "Scientific Literacy"; Chapter 6: Translations of Scientific Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Students' "Images of Science"Scientific Practice, Human Activity, and "Imagification"; Ethnography of Science and Internship; "Students' Images of Science"; Interpreting Translations of Scientific Practices; How Are "Images of Science" Produced?; Episode 1; Episode 2; Episode 3; Episode 4; The Epic Nature of "Students' Images of Science"; Chapter 7: Place and Chronotope; A Beautiful Marine Park; Place as Problematic; Ecological Place-Based Education; Critical Pedagogy of Place; Place as Voice; Place as Living Entity; Place as Chronotope; The Notion of Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Place as Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- INTRODUCTION: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education -- PART I: EPICS OF SCIENCE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 1. The Heroes of Science -- 2. What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing -- PART II: A NEED FOR NOVELIZED IMAGES OF SCIENCE -- 3. Science as One Form of Human Knowing -- 4. Science as Dynamic Practice -- PART III: TOWARD NOVELIZATION IN/OF SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 5. Scientific Literacy in the Wild -- 6. Translations of Scientific Practice -- 7. Place and Chronotope -- PART IV: NOVELIZING DISCOURSE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 8. Science Education for Sustainable Development -- 9. Novelizing Native and Scientific Discourse -- 10. Fullness of Life as a Minimal Novelizing Unit -- CODA: Novelizing the Novelized Image of Science in Education -- References -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5392-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Educational Research: The Attraction of Psychology (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400750388
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 184 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Educational research: the attraction of psychology
    RVK:
    CM 2200
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology ; Psychologie ; Empirische Forschung
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology's hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology’s hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour. For example, educational psychology continues to hold a central position in the curricula of trainee teachers in the US, while the language of developmental psychology holds primal sway over our understanding of childrearing and the parent-child relationship. Questioning the default position of modern psychology as a way of conceptualizing human relations, this collection of papers reexamines key assumptions that include psychology’s self-image as a ‘scientific’ discipline. Authors also argue that the dogma of neuropsychology in education has demoted concepts such as ‘emotion’, ‘feeling’ and ‘relationship’, so that they are now ’blind spots’ in educational theory. Other chapters offer a cautionary analysis of how misshapen notions of psychology can legitimize eugenics (as in Nazi Germany) and poison racial attitudes. Above all, has psychology, with its focus on individual merit, been complicit in hiding the impacts of power and privilege in education? This bracing new volume adopts a broader definition of education and childrearing that admits the essential contribution of the humanities to the proper study of mankind.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Educational Research:The Attraction of Psychology; Copyright Page; Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Making Sense of the Attraction of Psychology: On the Strengths and Weaknesses for Education and Educational Research; References; Chapter 2: Struggling with the Historical Attractiveness of Psychology for Educational Research Illustrated by the Case of Nazi Germany; 2.1 Far Too Easy Hypotheses?; 2.2 Far Too Easy Phrasing of the Questions?; 2.3 Far Too Super fi cial Conclusions?; 2.4 Far Too Broad Generalisations: The Case of Educational Psychology in Nazi Germany
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Discursive Surface Layer of National Socialism2.4.2 "Uniform Fascist Rule Dissolved into a Chaos of Rival Responsibilities?" (Geuter, 1992 , p. 18); 2.5 The Continuing Need for Biographical Research; 2.6 Some Concluding Remarks; Sources; References; Chapter 3: On the Fatal Attractiveness of Psychology: Racism of Intelligence in Education; 3.1 The Problem: Intelligence and Social Status; 3.2 Education in a Nation of Morons; 3.3 Intelligence Testing in the Court; 3.4 On the Neutrality of Academic Psychology; 3.5 The Pseudo Neutrality of Testing Situations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 Towards the Racism of Intelligence3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Psychology in Teacher Education: Ef fi cacy, Professionalization, Management, and Habit; 4.1 Ef fi cacy; 4.2 Professionalization; 4.2.1 Learning Sciences; 4.2.2 Political Trends; 4.3 Policy and Management; 4.4 Habit; 4.5 Wrapping Up: Implications for Research in Teacher Education; References; Chapter 5: The Fatal Attraction of the Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Relation to Child-Rearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions5.4 Parenting in an Age of Anxiety; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Mirror Neuron, Mirror Neuron in the Brain, Who's the Cleverest in Your Reign? From the Attraction of Psychology to the Discovery of the Social; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 How the Philosophy of Science Embraced the Social (and Also the Psychological); 6.1.2 How the Philosophy of Mathematics Is Reluctant to Embrace Anything; 6.1.3 Education: How to Vygotsky and Piaget?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 The Special and Curious Case of Mathematics Education6.2.1 How Psychology Became Attractive for the Study of the Learning of Mathematics; 6.2.2 Beyond the Psychological; 6.3 Conclusion: Mirror Neurons at Last; References; Chapter 7: The Vocabulary of Acts: Neuroscience, Phenomenology, and the Mirror Neuron; 7.1 Rizzolatti and the Mirror Neuron; 7.2 Depsychologising Psychology: The Architecture of Research and Understanding; 7.3 Samuel Todes and the Umbilical Cord of Bodily Movement; 7.4 Objects and Things, Habitats, and Worlds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: The Attraction of Neuropsychological Findings in Contemporary Educational Thinking, or Feeling, Emotion and Relationship as Blind Spots in Educational Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Making sense of the attraction of psychology: On the strengths and weaknesses for education and educational research -- 2. Struggling with the historical attractiveness of psychology for educational research illustrated by the case of Nazi-Germany -- 3. On the fatal attractiveness of psychology: Racism of intelligence in education -- 4. Psychology in teacher education: Efficacy, professionalization, management, and habit -- 5. The fatal attraction of the language of developmental psychology in child rearing -- 6. Mirror neuron, mirror neuron in the brain, who’s the cleverest in your reign? From the attraction of psychology to the discovery of the social -- 7. The vocabulary of acts: Neuroscience, phenomenology, and the mirror-neuron -- 8. The attraction of neuropsychological findings in contemporary educational thinking, or: Feeling, emotion and relationship as blind spots in educational theory -- 9. In defence of the humanities against the exaggerated pretensions of ‘scientific’ psychology -- 10. The theology of education to come -- 11. Learning is not education -- 12. Attention, commitment and imagination in educational research. Open the universe a little more! -- About the Authors -- Author Index -- Subject index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5038-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Sergei Vinogradskii and the Cycle of Life : From the Thermodynamics of Life to Ecological Microbiology, 1850-1950 (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400751989
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 191 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 34
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ackert, Lloyd Sergei Vinogradskii and the cycle of life
    RVK:
    WB 3352
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Science History ; Ecology ; Science, general ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Ecology ; Winogradsky, S ; (Serge), 1856-1953 ; Microbiologists ; Ukraine ; Biography ; Winogradsky, Serge 1856-1953 ; Mikrobiologe ; Biografie ; Winogradsky, Serge 1856-1953 ; Mikrobiologe ; Biografie
    Abstract: This is one of those biographies that provide a window onto the broader understanding of science in its social and cultural context. Using Sergei Nikolaevich Vinogradskii's career and scientific research trajectory as a point of entry, this book illustrates the manner in which microbiologists, chemists, botanists, and plant physiologists inscribed the concept of a ""cycle of life"" into their investigations. Their research transformed a longstanding notion into the fundamental approaches and concepts that underlay the new ecological disciplines that emerged in the 1920s. The book presents a re
    Abstract: This is one of those biographies that provide a window onto the broader understanding of science in its social and cultural context. Using Sergei Nikolaevich Vinogradskii’s career and scientific research trajectory as a point of entry, this book illustrates the manner in which microbiologists, chemists, botanists, and plant physiologists inscribed the concept of a “cycle of life” into their investigations. Their research transformed a longstanding notion into the fundamental approaches and concepts that underlay the new ecological disciplines that emerged in the 1920s. The book presents a reconstruction of significant episodes of Vinogradskii’s laboratory practices and the role of theory in their development. It paints the broader picture of the history of ecology, microbiology and soil science and how these are uniquely united: through the concept of the cycle of life.
    Description / Table of Contents: Sergei Vinogradskii and the Cycle of Life; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Plant Physiology; Chapter 1: A Synthesis of Thermodynamics and Bioenergetics in Plant Physiology: The Investigation of a Moody Apprentice; The Gentleman Chooses Science; The Cycle of Life in European Science; Chapter 2: The Exchange of Matter and the Transformation of Energy; Famintsyn's Approach to the Cycle of Life; Physiological Debates on the Nature of Microorganisms; The Intellectual Context for Vinogradskii's 1883 Report; Vinogradskii's Style; Part II: Experiment and Natural History
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: The Laboratory is Nature: Investigating the Cycle of Life Under the MicroscopeA Comfortable Internship: Anton de Bary's Laboratory at the University of Strassburg; A Brush with German Darwinism: Vinogradskii's Sulphur Spring Expeditions; Species Constancy: Vinogradskii's Physiological Interpretation of the Monomorphism-Pleiomorphism Debate; Chapter 4: Free Nature in the Laboratory; Beggiatoa Nutrition; Vinogradskii's Virtuosity: The Role of Sulphur in Beggiatoa Nutrition; A New Physiological Type; The Reception of Vinogradskii's Research; Part III: Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Vinogradskii's Transformation from Plant Physiologist to Ecologist, 1890-1920Autotrophism; Nitrification as a Biological Phenomenon; Soil Microbiology at the Imperial Institute of Experimental Medicine; Chapter 6: Soil Science and Russian Ecology; Vinogradskii's Contributions; Physiological Ecology; Beketov Without Darwin: Vinogradskii's Concept of the Cycle of Life; Scientific Forestry: Vinogradskii Retires to Gorodok; Part IV: French Agriculture; Chapter 7: The Master of Brie-Compte-Robert and His "Direct Method:" Translating the Cycle of Life into Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: Vinogradskii Comes to Brie-Comte-Robert: The Resurrection of a CareerThe Direct Method in 1923: Its First Explication; The Direct Method in 1925: The Rise of Soil Microbiology; Chapter 8: Ecological Microbiology; Ecological Microbiology in 1925; The Direct Method in the Late 1920s; The Direct Method and Microflora in the Early 1930s; Part V: The Impact of Vinogradskii's Work; Chapter 9: Science is Ecological and Ecology is Scientific: The Uptake of Vinogradskii's Direct Methods; The "Cycle of Life" at the Rutgers Agricultural Experiment Station; A "Holistic Habit of Mind"40
    Description / Table of Contents: Statistical Soil Science: Rothamsted Agricultural Experiment StationIn Beijerinck's Backyard: The Delft School of Microbiology; Chapter 10: Vinogradskii's Reception in Russian and Soviet Microbiology; Vinogradskii's First Student, V. L. Omelianskii: Microbes as "Living Reactives"; Nikolai Kholodnyi: Iron Bacteria Research and Vinogradskii's Direct Method; The Role of Microbes in Russian and Soviet Soil Science; Ecological Microbiology in the Soviet Union; Chapter 11: Conclusions; Bibliography; Manuscripts Collections Visited; General Sources; Vinogradskii's Publications Cited; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5198-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Bayesian Argumentation : The practical side of probability (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    CC 3300
    RVK:
    SK 830
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5357-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Heart of the Good Institution : Virtue Ethics as a Framework for Responsible Management (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400754737 , 128393616X , 9781283936163
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 183 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 38
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The heart of the good institution
    RVK:
    QV 584
    RVK:
    QP 300
    Keywords: Ethik ; Management ; Verantwortung ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Organisationskultur ; Führungsstil ; Tugendethik
    Abstract: This book addresses the question: how can institutions develop and maintain a good purpose? And how can managers contribute to this endeavour? Twelve contributions explore this question, using MacIntyrean inquiry as a basis for exploring four main themes: Can management be considered a practice in the MacIntyrean sense? What is the role of specific virtues in the development of a virtuous institution? What are management vices and what are the conditions in which they flourish? And, can we use MacIntyrean ideas to consider the management of all forms of institutions? The volume is an international and multidisciplinary collection, with contributions from well-known writers in the field of management ethics, and innovative contributions that use MacIntyrean inquiry as a lens to examine fields such as hospitality, user generated music content and social sustainability. The papers are unified by their concern for the achievement of organizational excellence and integrity through ethical management.Unlike single author texts this edited volume brings together multiple perspectives on the topic of virtue ethics in management. In doing so, it explores the topic both more deeply and more widely than a single author can do. Because of its breadth, this book has the potential to become a turn-to research tool for those interested in virtue theory’s relevance to other academic interests such as organizational behavior (including motivation theory and social psychology), literature, contemporary social issue criticism, and business management.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section 1 intro: Can management be a practice? -- 1 Re-imagining the morality of management: A modern virtue ethics approach; Geoff Moore -- 2 Management as a practice; Tony O’Malley -- 3 Judgment, virtue and social practice; Chris Provis -- 4 Courage as a management virtue; Howard Harris -- Section 2 Intro Leadership, Vice and Virtue -- 5 Virtue ethics in leadership operations: A pathway for leadership development; Erich C. Fein -- 6 The process of conscious corporate growth: A utopian interpretation or a possible virtuous practice?; Mario Carrassi -- 7 Organisational narcissism: A case of failed corporate governance?; Patricia Grant and Peter McGhee -- 8 YouTube as a nascent practice: A MacIntyrean analysis of user-generated content; Helen Rusak and Stephen McKenzie -- Section 3 Intro Case Studies -- 9 Embedded moral agency: A MacIntyrean perspective on the HR professional’s dilemma; Tracey Wilcox -- 10 The contribution of virtue ethics to the pedagogy and Sustainable Practice Of Hospitality Work; Gayathri Wijesinghe -- 11The problem of the empty circle: Thoughts on a virtue approach to social sustainability; Stephen McKenzie -- Conclusion:  A Concluding Reflection: Narratives of Virtue in Responsible Management -- 12 Murdoch, Trollope and Drucker: Virtue ethics as conveyed by stories; Michael Schwartz -- Contributors..
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5473-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Development of Bioethics in the United States (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400740112
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 267 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The development of bioethics in the United States
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; USA ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: In only four decades, bioethics has transformed from a fledgling field into a complex, rapidly expanding, multidisciplinary field of inquiry and practice. Its influence can be found not only in our intellectual and biomedical institutions, but also in almost every facet of our social, cultural, and political life. This volume maps the remarkable development of bioethics in American culture, uncovering the important historical factors that brought it into existence, analyzing its cultural, philosophical, and professional dimensions, and surveying its potential future trajectories. Bringing together a collection of original essays by seminal figures in the fields of medical ethics and bioethics, it addresses such questions as the following: - Are there precise moments, events, socio-political conditions, legal cases, and/or works of scholarship to which we can trace the emergence of bioethics as a field of inquiry in the United States? - What is the relationship between the historico-causal factors that gave birth to bioethics and the factors that sustain and encourage its continued development today? - Is it possible and/or useful to view the history of bioethics in discrete periods with well-defined boundaries? - If so, are there discernible forces that reveal why transitions occurred when they did? What are the key concepts that ultimately frame the field and how have they evolved and developed over time? - Is the field of bioethics in a period of transformation into biopolitics? Contributors include George Annas, Howard Brody, Eric J. Cassell, H. Tristram Engelhardt Jr., Edmund L. Erde, John Collins Harvey, Albert R. Jonsen, Loretta Kopelman, Laurence B. McCullough, Edmund D. Pellegrino, Warren T. Reich, Carson Strong, Robert M. Veatch, and Richard M. Zaner.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The birth of bioethics : historical analysis -- pt. 2. The nature of bioethics : cultural and philosophical analysis -- pt. 3. The practice of bioethics : professional dimensions -- pt. 4. The future of bioethics : looking ahead.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction --  1. Jeremy R. Garrett, Fabrice Jotterand, and D. Christopher Ralston - “The Development of Bioethics in the United States: An Introduction” --  Part I: The Birth of Bioethics: Historical Analysis --  2. Eric J. Cassell - “The Beginnings of Bioethics” -- 3. Howard Brody - “Teaching at the University of Texas Medical Branch, 1971-74: Humanities, Ethics, or Both?” -- 4. John Collins Harvey - “André Hellegers, the Kennedy Institute, and the Development of Bioethics: The American-European Connection” -- 5. H.T. Engelhardt, Jr. - “Bioethics as a Liberal Catholic Heresy: Critical Reflections on the Founding of Bioethics” --  Part II: The Nature of Bioethics: Cultural and Philosophical Analysis --  6. Warren T. Reich - “A Corrective for Bioethical Malaise: Revisiting The Cultural Influences That Shaped the Identity of Bioethics” -- 7. George J. Annas - “American Biopolitics” -- 8. Carson Strong - “Medicine and Philosophy: The Coming Together of an Odd Couple” -- 9. Loretta M. Kopelman - “The Growth of Bioethics as a Second-Order Discipline” --  Part III: The Practice of Bioethics: Professional Dimensions --  10.  Robert M. Veatch - “The Development of Bioethics: Bringing Physician Ethics into the Moral Consensus” -- 11. Laurence B. McCullough - “Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship” -- 12. Edmund L. Erde - “Professionalism vs. Medical Ethics in the Current Era: A Battle of Giants?” --  Part IV: The Future of Bioethics: Looking Ahead --  13. Richard M. Zaner - “Themes and Schemes in the Development of Bioethics in the United States” -- 14. Edmund D. Pellegrino - “Medical Ethics and Moral Philosophy in an Era of Bioethics” -- 15. Albert R. Jonsen - “Prolegomenon to any Future Bioethics”.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4011-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Father Involvement in Young Children’s Lives : A Global Analysis (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400751552
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    MS 1990
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Vater ; Randgruppe ; Kind ; Psychosoziale Entwicklung ; Vaterschaft ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This vital addition to Springer’s ‘Educating the Young Child’ series addresses gaps in the literature on father involvement in the lives of young children, a topic with a fast-rising profile in today’s world of female breadwinners and single-parent households. While the significant body of theoretical understanding and empirical data accumulated in recent decades has done much to characterize the fluidity of evolving notions of fatherhood, the impact of this understanding on policy and legal frameworks has been uneven at an international level. In a field where groups of fathers were until recently marginalized in research, this book adopts a refreshingly inclusive attitude, aiming to motivate researchers to capture the nuanced practices of fathers in minority groups such as those who are homeless, gay, imprisoned, raising a disabled child, or from ethnically distinct backgrounds, including Mexican- and African-American fathers.The volume includes chapters highlighting the unique challenges and possibilities of father involvement in their children’s early years of development. Contributing authors have integrated theories, research, policies, and programs on father involvement so as to attract readers with diverse interest and expertise, and material from selected countries in Asia, Australia, and Africa, as well as North America, evinces the international scope of their analysis. Their often interdisciplinary analyses draw, too, on historical and cultural legacies, even as they project a vision of the future in which fathers’ involvement in their young children’s lives develops alongside the changing political, economic and educational landscapes around the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgment; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editor; Chapter 1 Introduction; Father Involvement in Young Children's Lives: CommonThemes and Diverse Perspectives; Purpose of the Book; Overview of the Book; Section 1: Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Section 2: Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Section 3: Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; About the Chapters; Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Father Involvement: General PerspectivesChapter 2 Fathers and Early Literacy; Assumptions About Fathers and Early Literacy; Review of Research on Fathers and Early Literacy; Parent Promotion of Early Literacy; Frequency of Fathers Reading to their Children; Father Characteristics Related to Reading to Children; Why Fathers Read to Children?; Materials that Fathers Read; Barriers that Limit Father Involvement in Literacy Activities; Mother and Father Differences; Benefits of Father Involvement in Early Literacy; Summary of the Research Review
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice Literature and Early Literacy Interventionswith FathersFathers Reading Every Day (FRED) Program; Especially for Dads: Head Start Literacy Program; Dads & Kids Book Club; Literacy Workshop for Dads; Literacy Programs in the United Kingdom; Lessons from Practice; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3 Caring Fathers; What We Need to Know about Caring?; The Dimensions of Caring in Fathers; How Caring Fathers Influence Caring in Children?; Challenges to Fathers' Caring Roles; Strategies for Promoting Caring in Fathers; Informal Venues; Formal Venues
    Description / Table of Contents: Creating Communities that Nurture Caring FathersFather-Centered Education for Young Children; References; Section II Contexts Within the United States; Chapter 4 Mexican-American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Family Support System; Challenging Theoretical Perspectives; Methodological Research Conflicts; Transformation of Mexican-American Fathers' Roles; Methodological Research Transformations; Mexican-American Fathers; Historical Transformations; Mexican-American Father Involvement Studies; Literacy Practices; Literacy Roles; Children's Academic Achievement; Educational History
    Description / Table of Contents: Diverse Literacy ExperiencesResearch and Practical Applications; Research Implications; Practice Implications; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5 Father Involvement, African Americans, and Reducing the Achievement Gap; Historical Efforts to Reduce the Gap; Efforts Prior to the Revolutionary War; Efforts After the Revolutionary War; The Rise of Father Involvement Research; Federal Policy, Father Involvement, and the Achievement Gap; The Eyes of Academics Are Opened; Factors that Contribute to Successful Father Participation; Challenges and Obstacles to Involve African American Fathers
    Description / Table of Contents: General Challenges and Obstacles
    Description / Table of Contents: SECTION 1: Father Involvement: General Perspectives -- 1. Fathers and Early Literacy; Glen Palm -- 2. Caring Fathers: Empowering Children to be Loving Human Beings; Kevin J. Swick -- SECTION 2: Contexts within the United States.- 3. Mexican American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Olivia N. Saracho -- 4. Father Involvement, African Americans and Reducing the Achievement Gap; William H. Jeynes -- 5. Gay Fathers’ Involvement in Their Young Children’s Lives; Dana Berkowitz and Katherine A. Kuvalanka -- 6. Incarcerated Fathers: Implications for Father Involvement; Mike Roettger and Raymond R. Swisher -- 7. Involvement of Homeless Fathers: Challenges and Possibilities; Jyotsna Pattnaik and Christie Medeiros -- 8. Fathers of Young Children with Disabilities: Experiences, Involvement and Needs; Hedda Meadan, Howard P. Parette, Jr. and Sharon Doubet -- 9. Honoring Women Who must Raise Their Children Alone; Beatrice S. Fennimore -- Section 3: International Contexts.- 10. Father-child Involvement in English-Speaking Caribbean Countries: Links to Childhood Development; Jaipaul L Roopnarine -- 11. Indigenous Fathers in Canada: Multigenerational Challenges; Jessica Ball -- 12. Father Involvement: New Zealand; Paul Callister and Lindy Fursman -- 13. Male Involvement in Children’s Lives: Roles and Relevance to Academic and Non-Academic Outcomes in the Australian Context; Andrew J. Martin -- 14. Father Involvement in Young Children’s Care and Education in Southern Africa; Jeremiah Chikovore, Tawanda Makusha and Linda Richter -- 15. Fathering in India: Understanding Challenges and Opportunities; Rajalakshmi Sriram and Prachee Navalkar -- 16. Fathers’ Role in Chinese Children’s Education; Zhonghe Wu, Song An and Shuhua An -- 17. The Father Image in Japan -Traditional Roles and Emerging Realities in Conflict; Michelle Henault Morrone and Yumi Matsuyama -- 18. Father Involvement in Taiwan: A Progressive Perspective; Hsiu-Zu Ho, Chu-Ting Ko, Connie N. Tran, Jessica M. Phillips and Wei-Wen Chen -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5155-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Transformations in Research, Higher Education and the Academic Market : The Breakdown of Scientific Thought (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400752498
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 221 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transformations in research, higher education and the academic market
    RVK:
    AL 19900
    RVK:
    AL 20900
    RVK:
    AL 23600
    RVK:
    AL 24000
    RVK:
    AL 50060
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education, Higher ; Economic aspects ; Education, Higher ; Finance ; Government aid to higher education ; Higher education and state ; Studium ; Finanzierung ; Öffentliche Förderung ; Wirtschaft ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademische Freiheit ; Wirtschaftlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume tackles head-on the controversy regarding the tensions between the principles underlying Academe on the one hand, and the free market on the other. Its outspoken thesis posits that seemingly irresistible institutional pressures are betraying a core principle of the Enlightenment: that the free pursuit of knowledge is of the highest value in its own right. As ‘market principles’ are forced on universities, inducing a neoteric culture of ‘managerialism’, many worry that the very characteristics that made European higher education in particular such a success are being eroded and replaced by ideological opportunism and economic expediency. Richly interdisciplinary, the anthology explores a wealth of issues such as the phenomenon of bibliometrics (linking an institution’s success to the volume and visibility of publications produced). Many argue that the use of such indicators to measure scientific value is inimical to the time-consuming complexities of genuine truth-seeking. A number of the greatest discoveries and innovations in the history of science, such as Newton’s laws of mechanics or the Mendelian laws of inheritance, might never have seen the light of day if today’s system of determining and defining the form and content of science had dominated. With analytical perspectives from political science, economics, philosophy and media studies, the collection interrogates, for example, the doctrine of graduate employability that exerts such a powerful influence on course type and structure, especially on technical and professional training. In contrast, the liberal arts must choose between adaptation to the dictates of employability strategies or wither away as enrollments dwindle and resources evaporate. Research projects and aims have also become an area of controversy, with many governments now assessing the value of proposals in terms of assumed commercial benefits. The contributors argue that these changes, as well as ‘reforms’ in the managerial and administrative structures in tertiary education, constitute a radical break with the previous ontology of science and scholarship: a change in its very character, and not merely its form. It shows that the ‘scientific thinking’ students, researchers, and scholars are encouraged to adopt is undergoing a rapid shift in conceptual content, with significant consequences not only for science, but also for the society of which it is a part.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transformations in Research,Higher Educationand the Academic Market; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Politics and Policy; Reregulation Through Deregulation; The Business of Research; The Business of Teaching; A Transformation Resulting in the Breakdown of Scienti fi c Thought; Part One: Politics and Policy; Part Two: Economic Models; Part Three: Research and Scholarship; Part Four: Higher Education; References; Part I: Politics and Policy; Chapter 2: Power, Knowledge, Morals: Society in the Age of Hybrid Research; Introduction; Politics; Gesinnungsethik: Ethics of Conviction
    Description / Table of Contents: Verantwortungsethik: Ethics of ResponsibilityScience and Research; Academic Norms and the Central Task of Science; Epistemic Drift and Poly-cratic Research Institutions; Mertonian Norms in the Information Society: The Medialization of Science; Bureaucracy; Administrators, Entrepreneurs, and Hybrid Research; From Rules to Targets, From Government to Governance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Innovation and Control: Performative Research Policy in Sweden; Introduction; The Innovation Paradigm; The Document in the Case: Government Bill 2008/09:50; Change!; Innovation!; Competition!
    Description / Table of Contents: Performative Research PolicyReferences; Chapter 4: The Scientific Mission and the Freedom of Research; The Quest for Knowledge and Its Motive: Mission or Spontaneity?; The Scienti fi c Mission and the Free Inquiry; Research Regimes and the Conditions of Science; The Mission of the Human Sciences; References; Internet Publications; Printed Publications; Part II: Economic Models; Chapter 5: Contemporary Research and Innovation Policy: A Double Disservice?; Introduction; The Policy Practitioners' Complaint: A Point of Departure; The Innovation Policy Commission
    Description / Table of Contents: Systemic Features Addressed: But Only on an Aggregated 'Group' LevelPositive Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in 'Packaging' of Research Results; Negative Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in Indirect Utilisation; Positive Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Betting' on Research; Negative Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Muddling Through'; What Is Missing?; Innovation Takes Place in Relation to Speci fi c Others; Coping with the Different Economic Logic of 'Use', 'Supply' and 'Development'; The Need for Bene fi ts in a User Setting; The Need for Bene fi ts in a Supplying Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Settings Characterized by Search for New FunctionsA Limiting Innovation Policy; Rethinking Innovation Policy; Opportunities to Renew National Developing, Supplying and Using Networks; Opportunities to Renew Resources, Activities and Actors; Conclusion: The Need for an Innovation Policy that Addresses Network Forces, Which Have both Light and Dark Sides; References; Chapter 6: The Foundations of Knowledge According to the Knowledge Foundation; Introduction; The Knowledge Foundation; The Foundation's Key Strategy: Co-production; An Ideological Project
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities (Not) in the Interests of the Public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- 1. Introduction.- Part one: POLITICS AND POLICY.- 2. Power - knowledge - morals: Society in the age of hybrid research -- 3. Innovation and control: Performative research policy in Sweden -- 4. The scientific mission and the freedom of research -- Part two: ECONOMIC MODELS.- 5. Contemporary research and innovation policy: A double disservice? -- 6. The foundations of knowledge according to The knowledge foundation -- 7. Science policy in a socially embedded economy -- Part three: RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP.- 8. Down the slippery-slope: The perils of the academic research industry -- 9. In defence of discretion -- 10. Publish and perish: A note on a collapsing academic authorship -- Part four: HIGHER EDUCATION.- 11. Methodomania -- 12. Higher heteronomy: Thinking through modern university education -- 13. The academic contract: From “simply a metaphor” to technology -- 14. Conclusion - On the verge of breakdown -- References -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5249-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Exclusionary Rules in Comparative Law (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400753488
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 454 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Exclusionary rules in comparative law
    RVK:
    PH 6050
    RVK:
    PH 4730
    Keywords: Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Criminal Law ; œaExclusionary rule (Evidence)œvCongresses ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book is a comparative study of the exclusion of illegally gathered evidence in the criminal trial , which includes 15 country studies, a chapter on the European Court of Human Rights, and a comparative synthetic conclusion. No other book has undertaken such a broad comparative study of exclusionary rules, which have now become a world-wide phenomenon. The topic is one of the most controversial in criminal procedure law, because it reveals a constant tension between the criminal court’s duty to ascertain the truth, on the one hand, and its duty to uphold important constitutional rights on the other, most importantly, the privilege against self-incrimination and the right to privacy in one's home and one's private communications. The chapters were contributed by noted world experts on the subject for the XVIII Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington in July 2010.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5348-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Structural Links between Ecology, Evolution and Ethics : The Virtuous Epistemic Circle (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400750678 , 1299198147 , 9781299198142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 179 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 296
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The structural links between ecology, evolution and ethics
    RVK:
    CC 7260
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; History ; Congresses ; Ecology ; History ; Congresses ; Environmental ethics ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift 2005 ; Ökologie ; Evolution ; Ethik ; Bioethik ; Ökologie ; Evolutionsbiologie
    Abstract: Evolutionary biology, ecology and ethics: at first glance, three different objects of research, three different worldviews and three different scientific communities. In reality, there are both structural and historical links between these disciplines. First, some topics are obviously common across the board. Second, the emerging need for environmental policy management has gradually but radically changed the relationship between these disciplines. Over the last decades in particular, there has emerged a need for an interconnecting meta-paradigm that integrates more strictly evolutionary studies, biodiversity studies and the ethical frameworks that are most appropriate for allowing a lasting co-evolution between natural and social systems. Today such a need is more than a mere luxury, it is an epistemological and practical necessity.In short, the authors of this volume address some of the foundational themes that interconnect evolutionary studies, ecology and ethics. Here they have chosen to analyze a topic using one of these specific disciplines as a kind of epistemological platform with specific links to topics from one or both of the remaining disciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: The Structural Linksbetween Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Ecology, Evolution, Ethics: In Search of a Meta-paradigm - An Introduction; 1.1 Some Landmarks of an Interweaved History of Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; 1.2 Looking for an Epistemic and Practical Meta-paradigm: The Transactional Framework; 1.3 Evolution between Ethics and Creationism; 1.4 Chance and Time between Evolution and Ecology; 1.5 Ethics between Ecology and Evolution; Notes; References; Chapter 2: Evolution Versus Creation: A Sibling Rivalry?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Before The Origin2.2 Charles Darwin; 2.3 The Darwinian Evangelist; 2.4 The Twenty-first Century; References; Chapter 3: Evolution and Chance; 3.1 Three Meanings of the Concept of Chance; 3.1.1 Luck; 3.1.2 Random Events; 3.1.3 Contingency with Respect to a Theoretical System; 3.2 Modalities of Chance in the Biology of Evolution; 3.2.1 Mutation; 3.2.2 Random Genetic Drift; 3.2.3 Genetic Revolution; 3.2.4 The Ecosystem Level; 3.2.5 The Macroevolutionary Level (Paleobiology); 3.2.6 Other Cases; 3.3 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 4: Some Conceptions of Time in Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Scales of Time4.2 The Chronological Issue; 4.3 Crop Rotation; 4.4 Succession and Equilibrium; 4.5 Irreversibility and Unpredictability; 4.6 Persistence and Anticipation; Notes; References; Chapter 5: Facts, Values, and Analogies: A Darwinian Approach to Environmental Choice; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Naturalism: The Method of Experience; 5.3 An Empirical Hypothesis; 5.4 Scaling and Environmental Problem Formulation; 5.5 Darwin and Environmental Ethics; Note; References; Chapter 6: Towards EcoEvoEthics; 6.1 An Equilibrium World and the Ecosystem Paradigm
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Protection of Nature: The Path to Ecology6.3 Ecocentrism, the Ethical Counterpart of the Ecosystem Paradigm; 6.4 Ecology Meets Evolution: The Co-change Paradigm; 6.5 An Eco-evolutionary Ethics Is Needed; 6.6 Uniqueness, Diversity, and Evolutionary Values; 6.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Ecology and Moral Ontology; 7.1 The Superorganism Paradigm in Ecology; 7.2 The Ecosystem Paradigm in Ecology; 7.3 The Rise and Fall of Ecosystems as Superorganisms; 7.4 Organisms as Superecosystems; 7.5 Classical and Recent Expressions of the Organism as Superecosystem Concept
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.6 From a Modern to a Post-modern Moral Ontology7.7 Post-modern Ecological Moral Ontology: Toward an Erotic Ethic; References; Chapter 8: Animal Rights and Environmental Ethics; 8.1 Defining Characteristics of Moral Rights; 8.1.1 ``No Trespassing´´; 8.1.2 Equality; 8.1.3 Trump; 8.1.4 Respect; 8.2 Who Has Moral Rights?; 8.2.1 Subjects-of-a-Life; 8.2.2 Animal Rights; 8.3 A Number of Environmentally-based Objections Have Been Raised Against the Rights View2; 8.3.1 The Rights View and Predator-Prey Relations; 8.3.2 The Rights View and Endangered Species; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Reconciling Individualist and Deeper Environmentalist Theories? An Exploration
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5067-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400759770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 290 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The work situation of the academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    AL 25500
    RVK:
    AL 31600
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Europe ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book presents the analysis of the representative survey about the academic profession in twelve European countries. Higher education in Europe has experienced a substantial change in recent years: Expansion progresses further, the expectation to deliver useful contributions of knowledge to the “knowledge society” is on the rise, and efforts to steer academic work through external forces and strong international management are more widespread than ever. Representative surveys of the academic profession in twelve European countries show how professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education view the role of higher education in society and their professional situation and how they actually shape their professional tasks. Academics differ across Europe substantially in their employment and working conditions, their views and their activities. Most of them favour the preservation of a close link between teaching and research and feel responsible for both theory and practice. Most consider efforts to enhance academic quality and social relevance as compatible. The overall satisfaction with their professional situation is rather high
    Description / Table of Contents: The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries; Contents; Biographies; Editors; Contributors; Chapter 1: The Academic Profession in 12 European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; 1.1 The Concept and the Thematic Areas of the Study; 1.1.1 The Setting and the State of the Knowledge; 1.1.2 The Predecessor and Partner Surveys; 1.1.3 The European Study; 1.2 The Methods Employed; 1.2.1 Sampling Design and Number of Respondents; 1.2.2 Number of Respondents Envisaged; 1.2.3 Data Collection; 1.2.4 Data Checks, Coding and Merging
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Current VolumeReferences; Chapter 2: Academic Career Paths; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.1 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.2 Age at the Award of Doctoral and Postdoctoral Degrees; 2.2.3 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Awards Abroad; 2.2.4 Activities During the Course of Doctoral Training; 2.3 Past Career Steps and Experiences; 2.3.1 Time Span from Graduation to Full-Time Employment in Higher Education; 2.3.2 Past Part-Time Employment; 2.3.3 Age at the Beginning of Full-Time Employment; 2.3.4 Inter-institutional Mobility
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.5 Continuity and Change of Discipline12.4 Current Employment Conditions; 2.4.1 Share of Academics in Senior and Junior Positions; 2.4.2 Duration of Current Employment Contract; 2.4.3 Full-Time and Part-Time Employment; 2.5 Current Remuneration; 2.5.1 Salary; 2.5.2 Additional Employment and Remunerated Work; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Assessment of Facilities and Resources; 3.3 Workload and Allocation of Work Time; 3.4 Job Satisfaction; 3.5 Links Between Income and Job Satisfaction; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Gender Differences and Inequalities in Academia: Findings in Europe; 4.1 Introduction: The Place of Women in Academic Markets; 4.2 Gender Distribution; 4.2.1 Women in the Higher Education Systems; 4.2.2 A Question of Status: Academics in the University Sector; 4.2.3 Universities and Other Higher Education Institutions; 4.2.4 A Question of Discipline; 4.3 Contractual Employment Conditions: Full-Time Employment; 4.3.2 Weight of Gender for Full-Time Employment; 4.3.3 Dimensions Influencing Gender Differences; 4.3.4 Professional Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Contractual Employment Conditions: Permanent Employment4.4.1 Fewer Women Permanently Employed; 4.4.2 Impact of Being a Woman; 4.4.3 Weight of Gender for Permanent Employment; 4.4.4 Individual Variables; 4.4.5 Professional Variables; 4.5 Gender in Teaching and Research; 4.5.1 Preference for Research and Teaching; 4.5.2 Distribution of Work Time; 4.6 Gender and Power; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Weekly Work Hours; 5.3 Distribution of Time on Various Academic Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Teaching Time When Classes Are in Session
    Description / Table of Contents: Editors’ and authors’ biographies -- 1. The Academic Profession in Twelve European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; Ulrich Teichler and Ester Ava Höhle -- 2. Academic Career Paths; Gülay Ates and Angelika Brechelmacher -- 3. Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; Marek Kwiek and Dominik Antonowicz -- 4. Gender in Academia between Differences and Inequalities: Findings in Europe; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 5. The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 6. The Research Function of the Academic Profession in Europe; Jonathan Drennan, Marie Clarke, Abbey Hyde and Yurgos Politis -- 7. The Academic Profession and the Role of the Service Function; Bojana Ćulum, Nena Rončević and Jasminka Ledić -- 8. Movers and Shakers: Academics as Stakeholders - Do They Control Their Own Work?; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 9. From Academic Self Governance to Executive University Management - Institutional Governance in the View of Academics in Europe; Elke Park -- 10. New University Governance: How the Academic Profession Perceives the Evaluation of Research and Teaching; David Campbell -- 11. The Internationalisation of Academic Markets, Careers and Profession; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 12. The European Academic Profession or Academic Professions in Europe?; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- Appendix: Contextual information about the countries.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5977-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Australia's Children's Courts Today and Tomorrow (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400759282
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 216 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Australia's children's courts today and tomorrow
    RVK:
    PU 9800
    Keywords: Public law ; Criminology ; Social work ; Psychic research ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Criminology ; Social work ; Psychic research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Australien ; Kinderkriminalität ; Jugendgerichtsbarkeit ; Australien ; Kinderkriminalität ; Jugendgerichtsbarkeit
    Abstract: The Children’s Court is one of society’s most important social institutions. At the same time, it is steeped in controversy. This is in large measure due to the persistence and complexity of the problems with which it deals, namely, juvenile crime and child abuse and neglect.Despite the importance of the Children’s Court as a means of holding young people accountable for their anti-social behaviour and parents for the care of their children, it has not been the subject of close study. Certainly it has not been previously studied nationally. This edited collection, is based on the findings of study that spanned the six States and two Territories of Australia. The study sought to examine the current challenges faced by the Children’s Court and to identify desirable and feasible directions for reform in each State and Territory. A further unique feature of this study is that it canvassed the views of judges and magistrates who preside over this court
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan -- Part One: the mandate of the Children’s Court -- 2 The Children’s Court in the Australian Capital Territory - Peter Camilleri and Morag McArthur,- 3 The Children’s Court in New South Wales - Elizabeth Fernandez, Jane Bolitho and Dr Patricia Hansen -- 4 Youth Justice, Child Protection and the Role of the Youth Courts in the Northern Territory - Debora West and David Heath -- 5 The Children’s Court in Queensland - Claire Tilbury and Paul Mazerolle -- 6 The Children’s Court in South Australia - Paul Delfabbro and Andrew Day -- 7 The Children’s Court in Tasmania - Rob White and Max Travers and Michael McKinnon -- 8 The Children’s Court in Victoria - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan -- 9 Cultural Slippage, Resource Divide, Aboriginal Children and Multisystemic Reform - Mike Clare, Joe Clare, Brenda Clare, Caroline Spiranovic --  Part two: Australia in the international context -- 10 A Portrait of Australis's Children's Courts - Allan Borowski -- 11. Care and protection: Australia and the international context - Marie Connolly -- 12 Juvenile Justice: Australian Court responses situated in the international context - Judy Cashmore -- About the authors -- Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5928-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Klappentext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Melanin Millennium : Skin Color as 21st Century International Discourse (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    MS 3530
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4608-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research : Volume 28 (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400758360
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 772 p. 27 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology, and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-5836-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe : Social Movement Analyses (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400746534
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 306 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Economic and political change in Asia and Europe
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    Abstract: Since the 1973 publication of Alain Peyrefittes prophetic When China Awakens, developments in East Asia have outstripped even the wildest predictions. China has undergone the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history, yet tensions there are rising as some realize how far they have been left behind. This volume explores the applicability of European economic and social models to our analysis of East Asias and, in particular, Chinas situation. Though millions of Chinese and other Asian people have been lifted out of poverty, inequality is rising nonetheless, and contemporary Europe and Asia are both witnessing collective action against rampant economic neoliberalism in the former and the exclusion of minorities in the latter. It is difficult to overstate the relevance of this assessment, which seeks answers to some central questions: Can events in Europe serve as a model for those in East Asia? Are there similarities or differences between the two regions? To what extent do political, economic or social systems stimulate or inhibit collective action? How culturally equivalent are the collective actions of marginalized/ disadvantaged people in the two locations, or are events in Europe symptomatic of specific cultural attributes? Comparing and contrasting the research tools and dominant paradigms in the social and economic sciences in East Asia and Europe, as this volume does, throws out some revealing results.
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Appendices; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Collective Action and Relatively Powerless People in Europe and Asia; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Social and Economic Backdrops; 1.3 Recession and Social Movements; 1.4 Common Traits: Asia and Europe; 1.5 Chapter Descriptions; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Economic, Political and Social Globalization in Asia and Europe; Chapter 2: Economic Change and Social Dynamics: Converging and Diverging Trends Across Different Economies; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Growth, Structural Change, and Macro Socioeconomic Performance by Broad World Region2.3 Economic Growth, Development, and Poverty; 2.3.1 Broad Trends in Terms of Poverty and Inequality; 2.3.2 Impact of the Recent and Current Economic Shocks; 2.4 Convergence and Equality in the EU; 2.4.1 Between-Country Economic Convergence; 2.4.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in the EU; 2.5 The Case of Asia; 2.5.1 Convergence Across Asian Countries; 2.5.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in Asia; 2.6 Conclusions; 2.7 Appendices
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix 2.1 List of Countries Included in the Major World Regions (See Table  2.1)Appendix 2.2 Indicators Developed (or Being Developed) by the Commission so as to Measure Social Cohesion (Sample); References; Chapter 3: European Integration, Social Cohesion, and Political Contentiousness; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The European Structure of Grievances: The Renaissance of "Old" Issues; 3.3 Social Cohesion in Europe: Spatial and Social Cleavages; 3.3.1 Social Cohesion: The Core and the Peripheries; 3.3.2 Social Cohesion and Class
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions: Social Cohesion and the Political Sociology of EuropeReferences; Chapter 4: Images and Frameworks of Collective Action in China; 4.1 Assumptions from a Western Concept; 4.2 Reconstruction of a Chinese Traditional Heritage; 4.2.1 Interpersonal Relations, Intention, Ritual, and Mankind; 4.2.2 Traces of Collectivity in Chinese History; 4.3 The Affirmative Societal Role of Collective Action; 4.3.1 Statehood, Citizens, and Welfare; 4.3.2 Authoritarianism, Democratization, and Collective Action; 4.4 Collective Action with Chinese Characteristics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: European Governance and Democracy5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Immigration and Citizenship: Building the Fortress; 5.3 Organizing the Unemployed Within the Member States; 5.4 European Marches and Alter-Globalization Movements; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Agricultural Markets and Food Riots: The European Union and Asia Compared; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Main Drivers Affecting the Food System; 6.3 Prices Crisis or Food Crisis?; 6.4 Food Riots and Policy Responses; 6.5 Food Aid Policies; 6.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Social Movements in a Transnational Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Marginalization and Transnationalizing Movements: How Does One Relate to the Other?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4653-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Demography of Health and Healthcare : Third Edition (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048189038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 300 p. 92 illus, digital)
    Edition: 3rd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pol, Louis G. The demography of health and healthcare
    Keywords: Demographie ; Gesundheitswesen ; USA ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-8903-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The mechanization of natural philosophy (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400743458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 338 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 282
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The mechanization of natural philosophy
    RVK:
    CC 6100
    RVK:
    BF 1505
    RVK:
    UF 1000
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 17th century ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturphilosophie ; Mechanismus ; Ideengeschichte 1550-1720
    Abstract: The Mechanisation of Natural Philosophy is devoted to various aspects of the transformation of natural philosophy during the 16th and 17th centuries that is usually described as mechanical philosophy .Drawing the border between the old Aristotelianism and the « new » mechanical philosophy faces historians with a delicate task, if not an impossible mission. There were many natural philosophers who actually crossed the border between the two worlds, and, inside each of these worlds, there was a vast spectrum of doctrines, arguments and intellectual practices. The expression mechanical philosophy is burdened with ambiguities. It may refer to at least three different enterprises: a description of nature in mathematical terms; the comparison of natural phenomena to existing or imaginary machines; the use in natural philosophy of mechanical analogies, i.e. analogies conceived in terms of matter and motion alone.However mechanical philosophy is defined, its ambition was greater than its real successes. There were few mathematisations of phenomena. The machines of mechanical philosophers were not only imaginary, but had little to do with the machines of mecanicians. In most of the natural sciences, analogies in terms of matter and motion alone failed to provide satisfactory accounts of phenomena.By the same authors: Mechanics and Natural Philosophy before the Scientific Revolution (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 254).
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mechanization of Natural Philosophy; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Part I: The Construction of Historical Categories; Chapter 1: Remarks on the Pre-history of the Mechanical Philosophy; 1.1 What Was the Mechanical Philosophy?; 1.2 The Mechanical Philosophy Before Boyle; 1.3 Bacon; 1.4 Galileo; 1.5 Mersenne; 1.6 Descartes/Gassendi/Hobbes: Mechanical Philosophers?; 1.7 Novatores, Latitudinarians, and the Construction of the Mechanical Philosophy; 1.8 A Broader Conception of Mechanism?; Chapter 2: How Bacon Became Baconian
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 The Meaning of Mechanical Operation in Bacon's Oeuvre2.2 Mechanical and Vital Readings of Bacon's Natural Philosophy in Seventeenth-Century England; 2.3 Conclusion; Chapter 3: An Empire Divided: French Natural Philosophy (1670-1690); 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 A Debate on Natural Philosophy; 3.3 On the Side of the New Philosophers; 3.3.1 The Methodology of Ontology: Beings Should Not Be Multiplied Without Necessity; 3.3.2 The Way of Physics: Physics Should Explain Phenomena, Namely, Give Efficient Causes; 3.3.3 Ontological Categories: The Bipartition Between Body and Soul Should Be Respected
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 The Social Twist3.4 On the Side of the Old Philosophers; 3.4.1 The Methodology of Ontology: The Multiplication of Corpuscles and the Missing Metaphysical Supplement; 3.4.2 The Way of Physics: One Should Not Indulge in Hypotheses, Ignore Experiments and Use Empty Words; 3.4.3 The Ontological Categories and the Controversy Over Animal Souls; 3.4.4 Another Social Twist; 3.5 Conclusions; Part II: Matter, Motion, Physics and Mathematics; Chapter 4: Matter and Form in Sixteenth-Century Spain: Some Case Studies; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Corpuscular Theories of the Physician d'Olesa
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Elements, Minima and Qualities4.2.2 The Problem of Mixture; 4.2.3 A Corpuscular Theory of Light and Vision; 4.3 The Absence of a Tradition; 4.3.1 The Hypothesis of Menéndez Pelayo; 4.3.2 The Salamacan Physician Gomez Pereira; 4.3.3 The Salamacan Physician Francisco Valles; 4.4 Conclusion; Chapter 5: The Composition of Space, Time and Matter According to Isaac Newton and John Keill; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Isomorphism of Space, Time and Matter in Early Modern Natural Philosophy; 5.3 The Evolution of Newton's Views on the Composition of Space, Time and Matter
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The Isomorphism of Space, Time and Matter According to John Keill5.5 Conclusion; Chapter 6: Beeckman, Descartes and Physico-Mathematics; 6.1 Beeckman; 6.1.1 Persistence of Motion; 6.1.2 Persistence of the Form of a Motion; 6.1.3 Conservation in the Exchange of Motion; 6.1.4 Isoperimetric Figures; 6.2 Descartes; 6.2.1 Persistence of Motion; 6.2.2 Communication of Motion; 6.2.3 Persistence and Direction; 6.3 Physico-Mathematics; Chapter 7: Between Mathematics and Experimental Philosophy: Hydrostatics in Scotland About 1700; 7.1 Between Mathematics and Experimental Philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 The Mathematical Hydrostatics of Wallis, Gregorie, and Newton
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4345-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    MR 7200
    RVK:
    QC 010
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1494-6
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Crime, HIV and Health: Intersections of Criminal Justice and Public Health Concerns (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048189212
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 299 p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crime, HIV and health
    RVK:
    MS 6350
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Public health ; Kriminologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Öffentliches Gesundheitswesen ; Kriminalität ; HIV ; USA ; Strafjustiz ; HIV ; Gesundheitsgefährdung
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a person's criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations. As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individual's history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a persons criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations.As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individuals history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines.
    Description / Table of Contents: Crime, HIV and Health: Intersections of Criminal Justice and Public Health Concerns; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Crime and Public Health in the United States; 1.1 Substance Use and Violence; 1.2 Vulnerable Populations, Negative Health Outcomes, and Incarceration; 1.3 Exploring Common Ground: Criminal Justice and Public Health; 1.3.1 Incarceration; 1.3.2 Health Risk Behaviors Among High-Risk Youth; 1.3.3 Crime, Health, and Space; 1.3.4 Public Health Interventions and Criminal Justice Populations; References; Part I: The Health of Incarcerated Populations
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: A Longitudinal Study of the Prevalence, Development, and Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors in Delinquent Youth: Implications for Health Care in the Community2.1 Methods; 2.1.1 Sampling Procedures; 2.1.2 Procedures to Obtain Assent and Consent; 2.1.3 Participants; 2.1.4 Procedures for Data Collection; 2.1.5 Measures; 2.1.6 Missing Data; 2.1.6.1 Missing Cases; 2.1.6.2 Missing Data from Interviews Conducted by Telephone; 2.1.7 Independent Variables; 2.1.8 Statistical Analysis; 2.2 Results; 2.2.1 Prevalence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1.1 Comparing the Baseline and Follow-up InterviewsMales; Females; 2.2.1.2 Prevalence at Follow-up; Males; Females; 2.2.1.3 Gender Differences; 2.2.1.4 Age Differences (Data Not Shown); 2.2.2 Development of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.2.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.2.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.2.3 Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.3.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.3.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.3 Discussion; 2.4 Limitations; 2.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Risky Sexual Behavior and Negative Health Consequences Among Incarcerated Female Adolescents: Implications for Public Health Policy and Practice3.1 Pathways into Delinquency for Female Adolescents; 3.2 Health Service Needs and Service Gaps among Incarcerated Female Adolescents; 3.3 STD Screening and Treatment in Juvenile Detention Settings in California; 3.3.1 Profiles of Project Participants and Qualitative Findings; 3.3.2 Qualitative Findings: Condom Use; 3.3.3 Qualitative Findings: Family Life; 3.3.4 Overlap of Family Conflict, Substance Use and Risky Sexual Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 DiscussionReferences; Chapter 4: Disparities in Mental Health Diagnosis and Treatment Among African Americans: Implications for the Correctional Systems; 4.1 Disparities in Mental Health Diagnoses and Treatment; 4.1.1 Anxiety; 4.1.2 Depression; 4.1.3 Bipolar Disorder; 4.1.4 Schizophrenia; 4.1.5 Treatment Disparities; 4.2 Implications for Correctional Settings; References; Part II: Health Consequences of Crime and Risk Behaviors; Chapter 5: Methamphetamine Use, Personality Traits, and High-Risk Behaviors; 5.1 Research Methods; 5.1.1 Sample Recruitment; 5.1.2 Measures; 5.2 Study Results
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.1 Sample
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-8921-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Klappentext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Zoo Talk (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400748637 , 1283698080 , 9781283698085
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 214 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Patrick, Patricia G. Zoo talk
    RVK:
    WB 4049
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Founded on the premise that zoos are 'bilingual'--that the zoo, in the shape of its staff and exhibits, and its visitors speak distinct languages--this enlightening analysis of the informal learning that occurs in zoos examines the 'speech' of exhibits and staff as well as the discourse of visitors beginning in the earliest years. Using real-life conversations among visitors as a basis for discussion, the authors interrogate children's responses to the exhibits and by doing so develop an 'informal learning model' and a 'zoo knowledge model' that prompts suggestions for activities that classroom educators can use before, during, and after a zoo visit. Their analysis of the 'visitor voice' informs creative suggestions for how to enhance the educational experiences of young patrons. By assessing visitors' entry knowledge and their interpretations of the exhibits, the authors establish a baseline for zoos that helps them to refine their communication with visitors, for example in expanding knowledge of issues concerning biodiversity and biological conservation. The book includes practical advice for zoo and classroom educators about positive ways to prepare for zoo visits, engaging activities during visits, and follow-up work that maximizes the pedagogical benefits. It also reflects on the interplay between the developing role of zoos as facilitators of learning, and the ways in which zoos help visitors assimilate the knowledge on offer. In addition to being essential reading for educators in zoos and in the classroom, this volume is full of insights with much broader contextual relevance for getting the most out of museum visits and field trips in general
    Abstract: Founded on the premise that zoos are bilingualthat the zoo, in the shape of its staff and exhibits, and its visitors speak distinct languagesthis enlightening analysis of the informal learning that occurs in zoos examines the speech of exhibits and staff as well as the discourse of visitors beginning in the earliest years. Using real-life conversations among visitors as a basis for discussion, the authors interrogate childrens responses to the exhibits and by doing so develop an informal learning model and a zoo knowledge model that prompts suggestions for activities that classroom educators can use before, during, and after a zoo visit.Their analysis of the visitor voice informs creative suggestions for how to enhance the educational experiences of young patrons. By assessing visitors entry knowledge and their interpretations of the exhibits, the authors establish a baseline for zoos that helps them to refine their communication with visitors, for example in expanding knowledge of issues concerning biodiversity and biological conservation. The book includes practical advice for zoo and classroom educators about positive ways to prepare for zoo visits, engaging activities during visits, and follow-up work that maximizes the pedagogical benefits. It also reflects on the interplay between the developing role of zoos as facilitators of learning, and the ways in which zoos help visitors assimilate the knowledge on offer. In addition to being essential reading for educators in zoos and in the classroom, this volume is full of insights with much broader contextual relevance for getting the most out of museum visits and field trips in general.
    Description / Table of Contents: Zoo Talk; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: A History of Animal Collections; The Beginning of Menageries and Zoos; Zoos in the United States of America; The Evolution of Zoo Design; Zoo Education; The Zoo Voice Today; References; Chapter 3: Rationale for the Existence of Zoos; Education; Conservation; Recreation or Entertainment; Facilities; Research; Culture and Society; The Future; References; Chapter 4: Visitors' Knowledge of Zoos; The Zoo Visitor and Their Reasons for Visiting the Zoo; The Visitor's Perceptions of Nature; The Importance of Mental Models
    Description / Table of Contents: Understandings People Have of ZoosReferences; Chapter 5: Exhibit Design; Exhibits; Labels; Animals as Exhibits and Topics of Conversation; Experiential Space in Exhibits; References; Chapter 6: Talking About Animals; Taxonomy and the Term Animal; Identifying Animals; Animal Behavior and Anatomy; Attitudes, Emotional Connections, and Culture; References; Chapter 7: Visitor Voice; Form, Function, and Categories of Conversations; Discourse in the Exhibit; Using Grounded Theory to Analyze Conversations; Understanding Terminology; References; Chapter 8: School and Family Groups' Conversations
    Description / Table of Contents: Family GroupsSchool Groups; Talking Science; References; Chapter 9: The Zoo Voice: Zoo Education and Learning; Why Visit Zoos?; Prior Knowledge and Learning; Zoo Education; References; Chapter 10: Information Educators Need to Know About Zoo Field Trips (Useful Field Trip Information); Analyzing Discourse; Exhibit Learning Cycle; Increasing Communication During the Interpretation Stage; More Ideas; Nature Tables; Physical Science and Hands-On Activities Pre-visit; Patterns of Animal Anatomy; Hands-On Activities Pre-visit; Zoo Kits; DNA Fingerprinting; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Zoo Field Trip DesignRationale for Visiting the Zoo: Animals; Rationale for Visiting the Zoo: Educational; Learning During a Zoo Field Trip; Characteristics of Successful Field Trips; Cognitive: Pre-visit Activities; Cognitive: During-Visit Activities; Cognitive: Post-visit Activities; Suggested Activities; Procedural: Facility Staff; Procedural: Advanced Organizers; Social: Student Groups; Social: Control of Visit and Learning; Teacher Training and Chaperone Preparation; References; Chapter 12: Conclusions; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4863-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Legacy of John Austin's Jurisprudence (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400748309 , 1283634163 , 9781283634168
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 316 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 103
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CI 6377
    Keywords: Ethics ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Austin, John 1790-1859 ; Rechtsethik
    Abstract: This is the first ever collected volume on John Austin, whose role in the founding of analytical jurisprudence is unquestionable. After 150 years, time has come to assess his legacy. The book fills a void in existing literature, by letting top scholars with diverse outlooks flesh out and discuss Austin's legacy today. A nuanced, vibrant, and richly diverse picture of both his legal and ethical theories emerges, making a case for a renewal of interest in his work. The book applies multiple perspectives, reflecting Austin's various interests - stretching from moral theory to theory of law and state, from roman law to constitutional law - and it offers a comparative outlook on Austin and his legacy on the backdrop of the contemporary debate and major movements within legal theory. It sheds new light on some central issues of practical reasoning: the relation between law and morals, the nature of legal systems, the function of effectiveness, the value-free character of legal theory, the connection between normative and factual inquiries in the law, the role of power, the character of obedience and the notion of duty?
    Abstract: This is the first ever collected volume on John Austin, whose role in the founding of analytical jurisprudence is unquestionable. After 150 years, time has come to assess his legacy. The book fills a void in existing literature, by letting top scholars with diverse outlooks flesh out and discuss Austins legacy today. A nuanced, vibrant, and richly diverse picture of both his legal and ethical theories emerges, making a case for a renewal of interest in his work. The book applies multiple perspectives, reflecting Austins various interests stretching from moral theory to theory of law and state, from Roman Law to Constitutional Law and it offers a comparative outlook on Austin and his legacy in the light of the contemporary debate and major movements within legal theory. It sheds new light on some central issues of practical reasoning: the relation between law and morals, the nature of legal systems, the function of effectiveness, the value-free character of legal theory, the connection between normative and factual inquiries in the law, the role of power, the character of obedience and the notion of duty.?
    Description / Table of Contents: The Legacy of John Austin's Jurisprudence; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: John Austin and Constructing Theories of Law*; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Deviations and Mistakes; 1.3 Hart and Errors; 1.4 Trade-Offs; 1.5 Not (Quite) Trade-Offs; 1.6 Is Law Distinctive?; 1.7 A Different View of Austin; 1.8 Conclusion; Chapter 2: Austin's Methodology? His Bequest to Jurisprudence; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Controversy; 2.3 Theoretical Contestability and Theoretical Disagreement; 2.4 Austin's Ambitious Insight and Methodology; 2.5 The Detection of Doubt; 2.6 Reassessing Austin's Legacy
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: "Darkening the Fair Face of Roman Law": Austin and Roman Law3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Austin's Knowledge of Roman Law; 3.3 Austin's Use of Roman Law; 3.4 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Austin, Kelsen, and the Model of Sovereignty: Notes on the History of Modern Legal Positivism*; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Austin, Kelsen, and the Aims of Legal Theory; 4.3 Kelsen's Rejection of the Command Theory; 4.4 Austin and Kelsen on Legal Duties and the Structure of Legal Norms; 4.5 Austin, Kelsen, and the Illimitability of Sovereign Power; 4.6 Austin, Kelsen, and the Status of International Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.7 ConclusionChapter 5: Austin and Scandinavian Realism; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Comparing Apples and Oranges, and Why Bother; 5.3 Affinities; 5.3.1 A Family Resemblance with Hume's Principle; 5.3.2 The Common Methodological Afflatus; 5.3.3 The Interest for General Jurisprudence; 5.4 Criticising the Will Theory; 5.4.1 Hägerström Reads Austin; 5.4.2 Olivecrona Reads Austin; 5.5 Core Differences; 5.5.1 The View of Morals; 5.5.1.1 The View of Coercion; 5.6 Conclusion; Chapter 6: Sense and Nonsense About Austin's Jurisprudence from a Scandinavian Perspective*; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Ross on Austin
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Hägerström on Austin6.4 Lundstedt on Austin; 6.5 Olivecrona on Austin; 6.6 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Did Austin Remain an Austinian?; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Text Behind Hamburgers' Argument; 7.3 What Does It Mean to Be an Austinian?; 7.3.1 The Conception of Sovereignty; 7.3.2 The Conception of Liberty; 7.3.3 A Critique of Natural Law and Rights; 7.3.4 The Principle of Utility; 7.4 Basis for Alleged Changes in His Legal Philosophy; 7.5 What About the Work He Never Started?; 7.6 Is A Plea for the Constitution Non-Austinian?; 7.7 Conclusions; Chapter 8: Austin and the Electors*
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1 Introduction8.2 Two Theories of Sovereignty; 8.2.1 The First Theory: Personal Sovereignty; 8.2.2 The Second Theory: Impersonal Sovereignty; 8.3 Sovereignty and Publicity; 8.3.1 Generality of Laws; 8.3.2 Superiority; 8.3.3 Publicity; 8.4 "An Enemy to Itself"; 8.5 Conclusion; Chapter 9: Positive Divine Law in Austin*; 9.1 The Last of the Schoolmen; 9.2 Is There a Positive Divine Law?; 9.3 Revealed and Unrevealed Divine Law; 9.4 All Obligation Rests on Divine Command; Chapter 10: What Is in a Habit?; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Habit in Other Disciplines; 10.2.1 Philosophical Coverage
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.2.2 Psychological Coverage
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-4830-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Imagined Causes: Hume's Conception of Objects (2013)
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721876 , 1283633663 , 9781283633666
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 289 p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library 71
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CF 4617
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Hume, David 1711-1776 A treatise of human nature ; Objekt
    Abstract: This book provides the first comprehensive account of Humes conception of objects in Book I of A Treatise of Human Nature. What, according to Hume, are objects? Ideas? Impressions? Mind-independent objects? All three? None of the above? Through a close textual analysis, Rocknak shows that Hume thought that objects are imagined ideas. But, she argues, he struggled with two accounts of how and when we imagine such ideas. On the one hand, Hume believed that we always and universally imagine that objects are the causes of our perceptions. On the other hand, he thought that we only imagine such causes when we reach a "philosophical level of thought. This tension manifests itself in Humes account of personal identity; a tension that, Rocknak argues, Hume acknowledges in the Appendix to the Treatise. As a result of Rocknaks detailed account of Humes conception of objects, we are forced to accommodate new interpretations of, at least, Humes notions of belief, personal identity, justification and causality.
    Description / Table of Contents: Imagined Causes: Hume's Conception of Objects; Contents; General Introduction; General Overview; Structure of This Book; Part I: Laying the Groundwork; Introduction to Part I; Chapter 1: Four Distinctions; 1 Introduction; 2 Distinction #1: Impressions v. Ideas; 2.1 A Note on Hume's Psychological Method; 3 Distinction #2: Impressions of Sensation v. Impressions of Reflection; 4 The Scope of the Memory and Imagination; 5 Distinction #3: Simple Perceptions v. Complex Perceptions; 5.1 General Overview; 5.2 The Origin of Simple Ideas; 5.3 The Separability of Simple Ideas
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The Origin of Complex Ideas6 Distinction #4: The Principle of Imagination v. the Principle of Memory; 7 Representation 25; 7.1 The Precision Argument: Beattie; 7.2 Response to Beattie; 7.3 The Relational Argument: Falkenstein; 7.4 A Response to Falkenstein; 7.5 The Qualitative Argument: Garrett; 7.6 Response to Garrett; 7.7 Textual Evidence that Directly Opposes the Replication Theory; 8 Summary; 8.1 Principles; Chapter 2: Elementary Belief, Causally-Produced Belief and the Natural Relation of Causality; 1 Introduction; 2 Elementary Belief: The Positive Account of Induction, Part I
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Of the Component Parts of Our Reasonings Concerning Cause and Effect: An Analysis of 1.3.42.2 Of the Impressions of the Senses and Memory: An Analysis of 1.3.5; 2.3 Of the Inference from the Impression to the Idea: An Analysis of 1.3.6; 2.3.1 Experience; 3 Causally-Produced Belief: The Positive Account of Induction, Part II; 4 Necessity: The Negative Account of Induction; 4.1 Why Reason Does Not Provide the Idea of Causal Necessity; 4.2 The Role of the Imagination; 4.3 The Role of Resemblance; A Partial Analysis of 1.3.14
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The Natural Relation of Causality v. The Philosophical Relation of Causality: A Closer Look6 Humean Reason: An Overview; 6.1 Reasoning as a Comparison: Demonstrative v. Probable; 7 Summary; Chapter 3: The Two Systems of Reality; 1 Introduction; 2 The Two Systems; 3 Elementary Beliefs and Causally-Produced Beliefs: How Do They Operate in Hume's Two Systems of Reality?; 4 General Rules; 5 Resemblance and Contiguity; 6 Justification: What We Know So Far; 7 Summary; Summary of Part I; Part II: Perfect Identity and the Transcendental Imagination; Introduction to Part II
    Description / Table of Contents: A Brief Review of the ScholarshipPrice; Kemp Smith; Wilbanks; Waxman; Summary; Transcendentalism and Naturalism: A Happy Marriage?; Structural Overview of Part II; Chapter 4: Proto-Objects; 1 Introduction; 2 A Brief Review of the Different Meanings of a Humean Object; 3 Six Instances Where 'Object' Means Simple Idea; 4 Proto-Objects Do Not Admit of a Perfect Identity; 4.1 A Preliminary Glance at "Perfect Identity"; 4.2 Proto Objects and Continuity and Distinctness; 4.2.1 Why the Senses Are Not Responsible for Our Belief in the Continued and Distinct Existence of Objects
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Continuity and Distinctness v. Uninterruptedness and Invariability
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2187-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...